<br />
<b>Warning</b>:  preg_match(): Compilation failed: group name must start with a non-digit at offset 8 in <b>/home/clients/fc00b35069112567fd28baa9a60aff76/web/mediawikidev/includes/MagicWord.php</b> on line <b>722</b><br />
<br />
<b>Warning</b>:  preg_match(): Compilation failed: group name must start with a non-digit at offset 8 in <b>/home/clients/fc00b35069112567fd28baa9a60aff76/web/mediawikidev/includes/MagicWord.php</b> on line <b>722</b><br />
<br />
<b>Warning</b>:  preg_match(): Compilation failed: group name must start with a non-digit at offset 8 in <b>/home/clients/fc00b35069112567fd28baa9a60aff76/web/mediawikidev/includes/MagicWord.php</b> on line <b>722</b><br />
<?xml version="1.0"?>
<?xml-stylesheet type="text/css" href="http://www.xpert-technologies.ch/mediawikidev/skins/common/feed.css?270"?>
<feed xmlns="http://www.w3.org/2005/Atom" xml:lang="en">
		<id>http://www.xpert-technologies.ch/mediawikidev/index.php?feed=atom&amp;target=Patrick&amp;title=Special%3AContributions</id>
		<title>Metis Documentation - User contributions [en]</title>
		<link rel="self" type="application/atom+xml" href="http://www.xpert-technologies.ch/mediawikidev/index.php?feed=atom&amp;target=Patrick&amp;title=Special%3AContributions"/>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="http://www.xpert-technologies.ch/mediawikidev/index.php?title=Special:Contributions/Patrick"/>
		<updated>2026-05-30T19:30:18Z</updated>
		<subtitle>From Metis Documentation</subtitle>
		<generator>MediaWiki 1.16.2</generator>

	<entry>
		<id>http://www.xpert-technologies.ch/mediawikidev/index.php?title=Metis_Smart_Modeling_-_Data</id>
		<title>Metis Smart Modeling - Data</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="http://www.xpert-technologies.ch/mediawikidev/index.php?title=Metis_Smart_Modeling_-_Data"/>
				<updated>2014-01-10T11:09:13Z</updated>
		
		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Patrick: /* Translations */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;The Metis Smart Modeling '''Data''' button allows the user to easily import and export data to and from Metis Smart Modeling. It is especially useful when creating for example multiple positions or systems, translating descriptions or working in teams.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:MSM-Data.png|center]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Translations ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Metis Smart Suite enables an Administrator/MSM User to completely translate the User Interfaces and the content of the application included in the environment.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Export ===&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:MSM-Data-Translation-Export.png|center|link=]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
validated using the [[File:MetisSmartModelingOKButton.PNG|link=]] button at the bottom of the window. This will display an MS Windows explorer window in order fro the user/administrator to select where Metis Smart Modeling should create the excel file including all the text elements selected. Once the application has processed the requested export of data, it displays a small confirmation window.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:MSM-Data-Translation-Export-OK.png|center|link=]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
It also displays a summary of the export selection with check-mark representing the status of the export. All &amp;quot;sections&amp;quot; are expanded and there individual status is displayed. See below for the meaning of the various icons.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:MSM-Data-Translation-Export-Valid.png|center|link=]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable centre&amp;quot; width=&amp;quot;90%&amp;quot; style=&amp;quot;border-collapse: separate; border-spacing: 0; border-width: 1px; border-style: solid; border-color: grey;&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
! scope=col style=&amp;quot;border-style: solid; border-color: grey; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0&amp;quot; | Result&lt;br /&gt;
! scope=col style=&amp;quot;border-style: solid; border-color: grey; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0&amp;quot; | Icon&lt;br /&gt;
! scope=col style=&amp;quot;border-style: solid; border-color: grey; border-width: 0 0 1px 0&amp;quot; | Description&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| width=&amp;quot;15%&amp;quot; style=&amp;quot;border-style: solid; border-color: grey; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0&amp;quot; |&lt;br /&gt;
'''OK'''&lt;br /&gt;
| width=&amp;quot;5%&amp;quot; style=&amp;quot;text-align:center; border-style: solid; border-color: grey; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0&amp;quot; |&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:MSM-Check-Green-Small.png|link=]]&lt;br /&gt;
| width=&amp;quot;80%&amp;quot; style=&amp;quot;border-style: solid; border-color: grey; border-width: 0 0 1px 0&amp;quot; |&lt;br /&gt;
The export of this element ran successfully.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| width=&amp;quot;15%&amp;quot; style=&amp;quot;border-style: solid; border-color: grey; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0&amp;quot; |&lt;br /&gt;
'''OK'''&lt;br /&gt;
| width=&amp;quot;5%&amp;quot; style=&amp;quot;text-align:center; border-style: solid; border-color: grey; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0&amp;quot; |&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:MSM-Check-Blue-Small.png|link=]]&lt;br /&gt;
| width=&amp;quot;80%&amp;quot; style=&amp;quot;border-style: solid; border-color: grey; border-width: 0 0 1px 0&amp;quot; |&lt;br /&gt;
The export of this element ran successfully, but there was nothing to export.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| width=&amp;quot;15%&amp;quot; style=&amp;quot;border-style: solid; border-color: grey; border-width: 0 1px 0 0&amp;quot; |&lt;br /&gt;
'''Not OK'''&lt;br /&gt;
| width=&amp;quot;5%&amp;quot; style=&amp;quot;text-align:center; border-style: solid; border-color: grey; border-width: 0 1px 0 0&amp;quot; |&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:MSM-Cancel-Small.png‎|link=]]&lt;br /&gt;
| width=&amp;quot;80%&amp;quot; style=&amp;quot;border-style: solid; border-color: grey; border-width: 0 0 0 0&amp;quot; |&lt;br /&gt;
The export of this element could not be executed successfully.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Once the export if validated and the directory is displayed on the user's computer, a series of MS Excel files is listed corresponding to the list of selected elements to be exported. The user/administrator may then open any of them for edition or review.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:MSM-Data-Export-Excel-1.png|center|link=]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable centre&amp;quot; width=&amp;quot;90%&amp;quot; style=&amp;quot;border-collapse: separate; border-spacing: 0; border-width: 1px; border-style: solid; border-color: grey;&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
! scope=col style=&amp;quot;border-style: solid; border-color: grey; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0&amp;quot; | Highlight&lt;br /&gt;
! scope=col style=&amp;quot;border-style: solid; border-color: grey; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0&amp;quot; | Color&lt;br /&gt;
! scope=col style=&amp;quot;border-style: solid; border-color: grey; border-width: 0 0 1px 0&amp;quot; | Description&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| width=&amp;quot;15%&amp;quot; style=&amp;quot;border-style: solid; border-color: grey; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0&amp;quot; |&lt;br /&gt;
'''Yellow'''&lt;br /&gt;
| width=&amp;quot;5%&amp;quot; style=&amp;quot;text-align:center; border-style: solid; border-color: grey; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0&amp;quot; |&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:MSM-Yellow.png|link=]]&lt;br /&gt;
| width=&amp;quot;80%&amp;quot; style=&amp;quot;border-style: solid; border-color: grey; border-width: 0 0 1px 0&amp;quot; |&lt;br /&gt;
The export of this element ran successfully.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| width=&amp;quot;15%&amp;quot; style=&amp;quot;border-style: solid; border-color: grey; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0&amp;quot; |&lt;br /&gt;
'''Orange'''&lt;br /&gt;
| width=&amp;quot;5%&amp;quot; style=&amp;quot;text-align:center; border-style: solid; border-color: grey; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0&amp;quot; |&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:MSM-Orange.png|link=]]&lt;br /&gt;
| width=&amp;quot;80%&amp;quot; style=&amp;quot;border-style: solid; border-color: grey; border-width: 0 0 1px 0&amp;quot; |&lt;br /&gt;
The export of this element ran successfully, but there was nothing to export.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| width=&amp;quot;15%&amp;quot; style=&amp;quot;border-style: solid; border-color: grey; border-width: 0 1px 0 0&amp;quot; |&lt;br /&gt;
'''Blue'''&lt;br /&gt;
| width=&amp;quot;5%&amp;quot; style=&amp;quot;text-align:center; border-style: solid; border-color: grey; border-width: 0 1px 0 0&amp;quot; |&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:MSM-Blue.png|link=]]&lt;br /&gt;
| width=&amp;quot;80%&amp;quot; style=&amp;quot;border-style: solid; border-color: grey; border-width: 0 0 0 0&amp;quot; |&lt;br /&gt;
The export of this element could not be executed successfully.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:MSM-Data-Export-Excel-2.png|center|link=]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Import ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Import ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The table shown in the main window displays all the import processes. It can be sorted alphabetically using the small arrows in the table headers (File Source Name, Last Import and Modification.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:MSM-Data-Import.png|center|link=]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
On the left-hand side of the main window, a '''Search''' feature is found. It allows the user/administrator to find import processes based on various criterion. The search is triggered by typing a keyword or only a letter in the fields above the &amp;quot;Search&amp;quot; button and then click on it. The results are then displayed below. Selecting a line from the result list will automatically select the corresponding entry in the main table.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Creating a new import process===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In the '''Mappings and Macros''' window, the &amp;quot;Add&amp;quot; button [[File:MetisSmartModelingAddButton.PNG|link=]] located above the main table allows the user/administrator to create a new Import process. When it is clicked, the '''Mapping, Macro''' selection window opens, it allows to chose which type of import process to create.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:MSM-Data-Import-Add-1.png|center|link=]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Once the type selected from the list, the new Mapping or Macro can be defined by validating the current window using the [[File:MetisSmartModelingOKButton.PNG|link=]] button at the bottom of the window. When done, the related creation window opens, it allows to define all related information.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== Mapping ====&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:MSM-Data-Import-Add-Mapping.png|center|600x400px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== Macro ====&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:MSM-Data-Import-Add-Macro.png|center|600x400px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{Note&lt;br /&gt;
| Mandatory fields are displayed in '''bold''' or with a red triangle in front of the field.&lt;br /&gt;
}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Once all related mandatory and optional information have been set, the new Mapping or Macro can be saved by validating the creation window using the [[File:MetisSmartModelingOKButton.PNG|link=]] button at the bottom of the window.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Running an existing import process===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Modifying an existing import process===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In the '''Mappings and Macros''' sub-menu, the &amp;quot;Edit&amp;quot; button [[File:MetisSmartModelingEditButton.PNG|link=]] located above the main table allows the user/administrator to apply modifications to all properties related to the selected import process. Selecting an import process and clicking on it opens the import process related edition window where all related properties and information can be edited.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For detailed descriptions of all information available in this window please refer to the section dedicated to the creation of a new import process. Modifications applied to the selected import process will only be saved once the edition window is validated using the [[File:MetisSmartModelingOKButton.PNG|link=]] button at the bottom of the window. This will update the table/list displayed on the main screen. Using the &amp;quot;Cancel&amp;quot; [[File:MetisSmartModelingCancelButton.PNG|link=]] button discards all changes and closes the window.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{Note&lt;br /&gt;
|When trying to edit an import process where the related file has been deleted or moved from the source directory, Metis Smart Suite shows the following warning. To solve this situation, either place the file back in the corresponding folder or continue editing the import process and modify the source file.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:MSM-Data-Import-Edit-2.png|center|link=]]&lt;br /&gt;
}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Deleting an existing import process===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In the '''Mappings and Macros''' sub-menu, the &amp;quot;Delete&amp;quot; button [[File:MetisSmartModelingDeleteButton.PNG|link=]] located above the main table allows the user/administrator to delete the selected import process. Selecting an import process and clicking on it displays the following confirmation window.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:MSM-Data-Import-Delete.png|center|link=]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Once the warning is confirmed, the selected import process is removed from Metis Smart Suite and deleted from the Metis Database.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{Note&lt;br /&gt;
| Deleting an import process doesn't delete the data imported using this mapping or macro.&lt;br /&gt;
}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Previewing an existing import process===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In the '''Mappings and Macros''' sub-menu, the &amp;quot;Preview&amp;quot; button [[File:MetisSmartModelingPreviewButton.PNG|link=]] located above the main table allows the user/administrator to see all properties and information related to the selected import process. Selecting an import process from the  table and clicking on it opens the related preview window. For detailed descriptions of all information available in this window please refer to the section dedicated to the creation of a new import process. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{Note&lt;br /&gt;
| Edition of the information and properties displayed herein is not possible. If modification are necessary, the edition function described above should be used.&lt;br /&gt;
}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Modeling ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Export ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Import ===&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Patrick</name></author>	</entry>

	<entry>
		<id>http://www.xpert-technologies.ch/mediawikidev/index.php?title=Metis_Smart_Modeling_-_Data</id>
		<title>Metis Smart Modeling - Data</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="http://www.xpert-technologies.ch/mediawikidev/index.php?title=Metis_Smart_Modeling_-_Data"/>
				<updated>2014-01-10T11:08:23Z</updated>
		
		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Patrick: /* Translations */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;The Metis Smart Modeling '''Data''' button allows the user to easily import and export data to and from Metis Smart Modeling. It is especially useful when creating for example multiple positions or systems, translating descriptions or working in teams.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:MSM-Data.png|center]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Translations ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Metis Smart Suite enables an Administrator/MSM User to completely translate the User Interface&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Export ===&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:MSM-Data-Translation-Export.png|center|link=]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
validated using the [[File:MetisSmartModelingOKButton.PNG|link=]] button at the bottom of the window. This will display an MS Windows explorer window in order fro the user/administrator to select where Metis Smart Modeling should create the excel file including all the text elements selected. Once the application has processed the requested export of data, it displays a small confirmation window.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:MSM-Data-Translation-Export-OK.png|center|link=]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
It also displays a summary of the export selection with check-mark representing the status of the export. All &amp;quot;sections&amp;quot; are expanded and there individual status is displayed. See below for the meaning of the various icons.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:MSM-Data-Translation-Export-Valid.png|center|link=]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable centre&amp;quot; width=&amp;quot;90%&amp;quot; style=&amp;quot;border-collapse: separate; border-spacing: 0; border-width: 1px; border-style: solid; border-color: grey;&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
! scope=col style=&amp;quot;border-style: solid; border-color: grey; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0&amp;quot; | Result&lt;br /&gt;
! scope=col style=&amp;quot;border-style: solid; border-color: grey; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0&amp;quot; | Icon&lt;br /&gt;
! scope=col style=&amp;quot;border-style: solid; border-color: grey; border-width: 0 0 1px 0&amp;quot; | Description&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| width=&amp;quot;15%&amp;quot; style=&amp;quot;border-style: solid; border-color: grey; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0&amp;quot; |&lt;br /&gt;
'''OK'''&lt;br /&gt;
| width=&amp;quot;5%&amp;quot; style=&amp;quot;text-align:center; border-style: solid; border-color: grey; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0&amp;quot; |&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:MSM-Check-Green-Small.png|link=]]&lt;br /&gt;
| width=&amp;quot;80%&amp;quot; style=&amp;quot;border-style: solid; border-color: grey; border-width: 0 0 1px 0&amp;quot; |&lt;br /&gt;
The export of this element ran successfully.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| width=&amp;quot;15%&amp;quot; style=&amp;quot;border-style: solid; border-color: grey; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0&amp;quot; |&lt;br /&gt;
'''OK'''&lt;br /&gt;
| width=&amp;quot;5%&amp;quot; style=&amp;quot;text-align:center; border-style: solid; border-color: grey; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0&amp;quot; |&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:MSM-Check-Blue-Small.png|link=]]&lt;br /&gt;
| width=&amp;quot;80%&amp;quot; style=&amp;quot;border-style: solid; border-color: grey; border-width: 0 0 1px 0&amp;quot; |&lt;br /&gt;
The export of this element ran successfully, but there was nothing to export.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| width=&amp;quot;15%&amp;quot; style=&amp;quot;border-style: solid; border-color: grey; border-width: 0 1px 0 0&amp;quot; |&lt;br /&gt;
'''Not OK'''&lt;br /&gt;
| width=&amp;quot;5%&amp;quot; style=&amp;quot;text-align:center; border-style: solid; border-color: grey; border-width: 0 1px 0 0&amp;quot; |&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:MSM-Cancel-Small.png‎|link=]]&lt;br /&gt;
| width=&amp;quot;80%&amp;quot; style=&amp;quot;border-style: solid; border-color: grey; border-width: 0 0 0 0&amp;quot; |&lt;br /&gt;
The export of this element could not be executed successfully.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Once the export if validated and the directory is displayed on the user's computer, a series of MS Excel files is listed corresponding to the list of selected elements to be exported. The user/administrator may then open any of them for edition or review.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:MSM-Data-Export-Excel-1.png|center|link=]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable centre&amp;quot; width=&amp;quot;90%&amp;quot; style=&amp;quot;border-collapse: separate; border-spacing: 0; border-width: 1px; border-style: solid; border-color: grey;&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
! scope=col style=&amp;quot;border-style: solid; border-color: grey; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0&amp;quot; | Highlight&lt;br /&gt;
! scope=col style=&amp;quot;border-style: solid; border-color: grey; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0&amp;quot; | Color&lt;br /&gt;
! scope=col style=&amp;quot;border-style: solid; border-color: grey; border-width: 0 0 1px 0&amp;quot; | Description&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| width=&amp;quot;15%&amp;quot; style=&amp;quot;border-style: solid; border-color: grey; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0&amp;quot; |&lt;br /&gt;
'''Yellow'''&lt;br /&gt;
| width=&amp;quot;5%&amp;quot; style=&amp;quot;text-align:center; border-style: solid; border-color: grey; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0&amp;quot; |&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:MSM-Yellow.png|link=]]&lt;br /&gt;
| width=&amp;quot;80%&amp;quot; style=&amp;quot;border-style: solid; border-color: grey; border-width: 0 0 1px 0&amp;quot; |&lt;br /&gt;
The export of this element ran successfully.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| width=&amp;quot;15%&amp;quot; style=&amp;quot;border-style: solid; border-color: grey; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0&amp;quot; |&lt;br /&gt;
'''Orange'''&lt;br /&gt;
| width=&amp;quot;5%&amp;quot; style=&amp;quot;text-align:center; border-style: solid; border-color: grey; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0&amp;quot; |&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:MSM-Orange.png|link=]]&lt;br /&gt;
| width=&amp;quot;80%&amp;quot; style=&amp;quot;border-style: solid; border-color: grey; border-width: 0 0 1px 0&amp;quot; |&lt;br /&gt;
The export of this element ran successfully, but there was nothing to export.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| width=&amp;quot;15%&amp;quot; style=&amp;quot;border-style: solid; border-color: grey; border-width: 0 1px 0 0&amp;quot; |&lt;br /&gt;
'''Blue'''&lt;br /&gt;
| width=&amp;quot;5%&amp;quot; style=&amp;quot;text-align:center; border-style: solid; border-color: grey; border-width: 0 1px 0 0&amp;quot; |&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:MSM-Blue.png|link=]]&lt;br /&gt;
| width=&amp;quot;80%&amp;quot; style=&amp;quot;border-style: solid; border-color: grey; border-width: 0 0 0 0&amp;quot; |&lt;br /&gt;
The export of this element could not be executed successfully.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:MSM-Data-Export-Excel-2.png|center|link=]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Import ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Import ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The table shown in the main window displays all the import processes. It can be sorted alphabetically using the small arrows in the table headers (File Source Name, Last Import and Modification.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:MSM-Data-Import.png|center|link=]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
On the left-hand side of the main window, a '''Search''' feature is found. It allows the user/administrator to find import processes based on various criterion. The search is triggered by typing a keyword or only a letter in the fields above the &amp;quot;Search&amp;quot; button and then click on it. The results are then displayed below. Selecting a line from the result list will automatically select the corresponding entry in the main table.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Creating a new import process===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In the '''Mappings and Macros''' window, the &amp;quot;Add&amp;quot; button [[File:MetisSmartModelingAddButton.PNG|link=]] located above the main table allows the user/administrator to create a new Import process. When it is clicked, the '''Mapping, Macro''' selection window opens, it allows to chose which type of import process to create.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:MSM-Data-Import-Add-1.png|center|link=]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Once the type selected from the list, the new Mapping or Macro can be defined by validating the current window using the [[File:MetisSmartModelingOKButton.PNG|link=]] button at the bottom of the window. When done, the related creation window opens, it allows to define all related information.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== Mapping ====&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:MSM-Data-Import-Add-Mapping.png|center|600x400px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== Macro ====&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:MSM-Data-Import-Add-Macro.png|center|600x400px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{Note&lt;br /&gt;
| Mandatory fields are displayed in '''bold''' or with a red triangle in front of the field.&lt;br /&gt;
}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Once all related mandatory and optional information have been set, the new Mapping or Macro can be saved by validating the creation window using the [[File:MetisSmartModelingOKButton.PNG|link=]] button at the bottom of the window.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Running an existing import process===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Modifying an existing import process===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In the '''Mappings and Macros''' sub-menu, the &amp;quot;Edit&amp;quot; button [[File:MetisSmartModelingEditButton.PNG|link=]] located above the main table allows the user/administrator to apply modifications to all properties related to the selected import process. Selecting an import process and clicking on it opens the import process related edition window where all related properties and information can be edited.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For detailed descriptions of all information available in this window please refer to the section dedicated to the creation of a new import process. Modifications applied to the selected import process will only be saved once the edition window is validated using the [[File:MetisSmartModelingOKButton.PNG|link=]] button at the bottom of the window. This will update the table/list displayed on the main screen. Using the &amp;quot;Cancel&amp;quot; [[File:MetisSmartModelingCancelButton.PNG|link=]] button discards all changes and closes the window.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{Note&lt;br /&gt;
|When trying to edit an import process where the related file has been deleted or moved from the source directory, Metis Smart Suite shows the following warning. To solve this situation, either place the file back in the corresponding folder or continue editing the import process and modify the source file.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:MSM-Data-Import-Edit-2.png|center|link=]]&lt;br /&gt;
}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Deleting an existing import process===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In the '''Mappings and Macros''' sub-menu, the &amp;quot;Delete&amp;quot; button [[File:MetisSmartModelingDeleteButton.PNG|link=]] located above the main table allows the user/administrator to delete the selected import process. Selecting an import process and clicking on it displays the following confirmation window.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:MSM-Data-Import-Delete.png|center|link=]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Once the warning is confirmed, the selected import process is removed from Metis Smart Suite and deleted from the Metis Database.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{Note&lt;br /&gt;
| Deleting an import process doesn't delete the data imported using this mapping or macro.&lt;br /&gt;
}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Previewing an existing import process===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In the '''Mappings and Macros''' sub-menu, the &amp;quot;Preview&amp;quot; button [[File:MetisSmartModelingPreviewButton.PNG|link=]] located above the main table allows the user/administrator to see all properties and information related to the selected import process. Selecting an import process from the  table and clicking on it opens the related preview window. For detailed descriptions of all information available in this window please refer to the section dedicated to the creation of a new import process. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{Note&lt;br /&gt;
| Edition of the information and properties displayed herein is not possible. If modification are necessary, the edition function described above should be used.&lt;br /&gt;
}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Modeling ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Export ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Import ===&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Patrick</name></author>	</entry>

	<entry>
		<id>http://www.xpert-technologies.ch/mediawikidev/index.php?title=Metis_Smart_Modeling_-_Data</id>
		<title>Metis Smart Modeling - Data</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="http://www.xpert-technologies.ch/mediawikidev/index.php?title=Metis_Smart_Modeling_-_Data"/>
				<updated>2013-11-12T13:19:19Z</updated>
		
		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Patrick: /* Import */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;The Metis Smart Modeling '''Data''' button allows the user to easily import and export data to and from Metis Smart Modeling. It is especially useful when creating for example multiple positions or systems, translating descriptions or working in teams.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:MSM-Data.png|center]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Translations ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Export ===&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:MSM-Data-Translation-Export.png|center|link=]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
validated using the [[File:MetisSmartModelingOKButton.PNG|link=]] button at the bottom of the window. This will display an MS Windows explorer window in order fro the user/administrator to select where Metis Smart Modeling should create the excel file including all the text elements selected. Once the application has processed the requested export of data, it displays a small confirmation window.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:MSM-Data-Translation-Export-OK.png|center|link=]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
It also displays a summary of the export selection with check-mark representing the status of the export. All &amp;quot;sections&amp;quot; are expanded and there individual status is displayed. See below for the meaning of the various icons.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:MSM-Data-Translation-Export-Valid.png|center|link=]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable centre&amp;quot; width=&amp;quot;90%&amp;quot; style=&amp;quot;border-collapse: separate; border-spacing: 0; border-width: 1px; border-style: solid; border-color: grey;&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
! scope=col style=&amp;quot;border-style: solid; border-color: grey; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0&amp;quot; | Result&lt;br /&gt;
! scope=col style=&amp;quot;border-style: solid; border-color: grey; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0&amp;quot; | Icon&lt;br /&gt;
! scope=col style=&amp;quot;border-style: solid; border-color: grey; border-width: 0 0 1px 0&amp;quot; | Description&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| width=&amp;quot;15%&amp;quot; style=&amp;quot;border-style: solid; border-color: grey; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0&amp;quot; |&lt;br /&gt;
'''OK'''&lt;br /&gt;
| width=&amp;quot;5%&amp;quot; style=&amp;quot;text-align:center; border-style: solid; border-color: grey; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0&amp;quot; |&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:MSM-Check-Green-Small.png|link=]]&lt;br /&gt;
| width=&amp;quot;80%&amp;quot; style=&amp;quot;border-style: solid; border-color: grey; border-width: 0 0 1px 0&amp;quot; |&lt;br /&gt;
The export of this element ran successfully.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| width=&amp;quot;15%&amp;quot; style=&amp;quot;border-style: solid; border-color: grey; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0&amp;quot; |&lt;br /&gt;
'''OK'''&lt;br /&gt;
| width=&amp;quot;5%&amp;quot; style=&amp;quot;text-align:center; border-style: solid; border-color: grey; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0&amp;quot; |&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:MSM-Check-Blue-Small.png|link=]]&lt;br /&gt;
| width=&amp;quot;80%&amp;quot; style=&amp;quot;border-style: solid; border-color: grey; border-width: 0 0 1px 0&amp;quot; |&lt;br /&gt;
The export of this element ran successfully, but there was nothing to export.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| width=&amp;quot;15%&amp;quot; style=&amp;quot;border-style: solid; border-color: grey; border-width: 0 1px 0 0&amp;quot; |&lt;br /&gt;
'''Not OK'''&lt;br /&gt;
| width=&amp;quot;5%&amp;quot; style=&amp;quot;text-align:center; border-style: solid; border-color: grey; border-width: 0 1px 0 0&amp;quot; |&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:MSM-Cancel-Small.png‎|link=]]&lt;br /&gt;
| width=&amp;quot;80%&amp;quot; style=&amp;quot;border-style: solid; border-color: grey; border-width: 0 0 0 0&amp;quot; |&lt;br /&gt;
The export of this element could not be executed successfully.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Once the export if validated and the directory is displayed on the user's computer, a series of MS Excel files is listed corresponding to the list of selected elements to be exported. The user/administrator may then open any of them for edition or review.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:MSM-Data-Export-Excel-1.png|center|link=]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable centre&amp;quot; width=&amp;quot;90%&amp;quot; style=&amp;quot;border-collapse: separate; border-spacing: 0; border-width: 1px; border-style: solid; border-color: grey;&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
! scope=col style=&amp;quot;border-style: solid; border-color: grey; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0&amp;quot; | Highlight&lt;br /&gt;
! scope=col style=&amp;quot;border-style: solid; border-color: grey; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0&amp;quot; | Color&lt;br /&gt;
! scope=col style=&amp;quot;border-style: solid; border-color: grey; border-width: 0 0 1px 0&amp;quot; | Description&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| width=&amp;quot;15%&amp;quot; style=&amp;quot;border-style: solid; border-color: grey; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0&amp;quot; |&lt;br /&gt;
'''Yellow'''&lt;br /&gt;
| width=&amp;quot;5%&amp;quot; style=&amp;quot;text-align:center; border-style: solid; border-color: grey; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0&amp;quot; |&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:MSM-Yellow.png|link=]]&lt;br /&gt;
| width=&amp;quot;80%&amp;quot; style=&amp;quot;border-style: solid; border-color: grey; border-width: 0 0 1px 0&amp;quot; |&lt;br /&gt;
The export of this element ran successfully.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| width=&amp;quot;15%&amp;quot; style=&amp;quot;border-style: solid; border-color: grey; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0&amp;quot; |&lt;br /&gt;
'''Orange'''&lt;br /&gt;
| width=&amp;quot;5%&amp;quot; style=&amp;quot;text-align:center; border-style: solid; border-color: grey; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0&amp;quot; |&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:MSM-Orange.png|link=]]&lt;br /&gt;
| width=&amp;quot;80%&amp;quot; style=&amp;quot;border-style: solid; border-color: grey; border-width: 0 0 1px 0&amp;quot; |&lt;br /&gt;
The export of this element ran successfully, but there was nothing to export.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| width=&amp;quot;15%&amp;quot; style=&amp;quot;border-style: solid; border-color: grey; border-width: 0 1px 0 0&amp;quot; |&lt;br /&gt;
'''Blue'''&lt;br /&gt;
| width=&amp;quot;5%&amp;quot; style=&amp;quot;text-align:center; border-style: solid; border-color: grey; border-width: 0 1px 0 0&amp;quot; |&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:MSM-Blue.png|link=]]&lt;br /&gt;
| width=&amp;quot;80%&amp;quot; style=&amp;quot;border-style: solid; border-color: grey; border-width: 0 0 0 0&amp;quot; |&lt;br /&gt;
The export of this element could not be executed successfully.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:MSM-Data-Export-Excel-2.png|center|link=]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Import ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Import ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The table shown in the main window displays all the import processes. It can be sorted alphabetically using the small arrows in the table headers (File Source Name, Last Import and Modification.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:MSM-Data-Import.png|center|link=]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
On the left-hand side of the main window, a '''Search''' feature is found. It allows the user/administrator to find import processes based on various criterion. The search is triggered by typing a keyword or only a letter in the fields above the &amp;quot;Search&amp;quot; button and then click on it. The results are then displayed below. Selecting a line from the result list will automatically select the corresponding entry in the main table.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Creating a new import process===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In the '''Mappings and Macros''' window, the &amp;quot;Add&amp;quot; button [[File:MetisSmartModelingAddButton.PNG|link=]] located above the main table allows the user/administrator to create a new Import process. When it is clicked, the '''Mapping, Macro''' selection window opens, it allows to chose which type of import process to create.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:MSM-Data-Import-Add-1.png|center|link=]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Once the type selected from the list, the new Mapping or Macro can be defined by validating the current window using the [[File:MetisSmartModelingOKButton.PNG|link=]] button at the bottom of the window. When done, the related creation window opens, it allows to define all related information.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== Mapping ====&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:MSM-Data-Import-Add-Mapping.png|center|600x400px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== Macro ====&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:MSM-Data-Import-Add-Macro.png|center|600x400px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{Note&lt;br /&gt;
| Mandatory fields are displayed in '''bold''' or with a red triangle in front of the field.&lt;br /&gt;
}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Once all related mandatory and optional information have been set, the new Mapping or Macro can be saved by validating the creation window using the [[File:MetisSmartModelingOKButton.PNG|link=]] button at the bottom of the window.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Running an existing import process===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Modifying an existing import process===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In the '''Mappings and Macros''' sub-menu, the &amp;quot;Edit&amp;quot; button [[File:MetisSmartModelingEditButton.PNG|link=]] located above the main table allows the user/administrator to apply modifications to all properties related to the selected import process. Selecting an import process and clicking on it opens the import process related edition window where all related properties and information can be edited.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For detailed descriptions of all information available in this window please refer to the section dedicated to the creation of a new import process. Modifications applied to the selected import process will only be saved once the edition window is validated using the [[File:MetisSmartModelingOKButton.PNG|link=]] button at the bottom of the window. This will update the table/list displayed on the main screen. Using the &amp;quot;Cancel&amp;quot; [[File:MetisSmartModelingCancelButton.PNG|link=]] button discards all changes and closes the window.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{Note&lt;br /&gt;
|When trying to edit an import process where the related file has been deleted or moved from the source directory, Metis Smart Suite shows the following warning. To solve this situation, either place the file back in the corresponding folder or continue editing the import process and modify the source file.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:MSM-Data-Import-Edit-2.png|center|link=]]&lt;br /&gt;
}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Deleting an existing import process===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In the '''Mappings and Macros''' sub-menu, the &amp;quot;Delete&amp;quot; button [[File:MetisSmartModelingDeleteButton.PNG|link=]] located above the main table allows the user/administrator to delete the selected import process. Selecting an import process and clicking on it displays the following confirmation window.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:MSM-Data-Import-Delete.png|center|link=]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Once the warning is confirmed, the selected import process is removed from Metis Smart Suite and deleted from the Metis Database.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{Note&lt;br /&gt;
| Deleting an import process doesn't delete the data imported using this mapping or macro.&lt;br /&gt;
}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Previewing an existing import process===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In the '''Mappings and Macros''' sub-menu, the &amp;quot;Preview&amp;quot; button [[File:MetisSmartModelingPreviewButton.PNG|link=]] located above the main table allows the user/administrator to see all properties and information related to the selected import process. Selecting an import process from the  table and clicking on it opens the related preview window. For detailed descriptions of all information available in this window please refer to the section dedicated to the creation of a new import process. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{Note&lt;br /&gt;
| Edition of the information and properties displayed herein is not possible. If modification are necessary, the edition function described above should be used.&lt;br /&gt;
}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Modeling ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Export ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Import ===&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Patrick</name></author>	</entry>

	<entry>
		<id>http://www.xpert-technologies.ch/mediawikidev/index.php?title=File:MSM-Data-Import-Add-Macro.png</id>
		<title>File:MSM-Data-Import-Add-Macro.png</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="http://www.xpert-technologies.ch/mediawikidev/index.php?title=File:MSM-Data-Import-Add-Macro.png"/>
				<updated>2013-11-12T13:18:35Z</updated>
		
		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Patrick: &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Patrick</name></author>	</entry>

	<entry>
		<id>http://www.xpert-technologies.ch/mediawikidev/index.php?title=File:MSM-Data-Import-Add-Mapping.png</id>
		<title>File:MSM-Data-Import-Add-Mapping.png</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="http://www.xpert-technologies.ch/mediawikidev/index.php?title=File:MSM-Data-Import-Add-Mapping.png"/>
				<updated>2013-11-12T13:15:48Z</updated>
		
		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Patrick: &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Patrick</name></author>	</entry>

	<entry>
		<id>http://www.xpert-technologies.ch/mediawikidev/index.php?title=Metis_Smart_Modeling_-_Data</id>
		<title>Metis Smart Modeling - Data</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="http://www.xpert-technologies.ch/mediawikidev/index.php?title=Metis_Smart_Modeling_-_Data"/>
				<updated>2013-11-12T09:42:35Z</updated>
		
		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Patrick: /* Modeling */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;The Metis Smart Modeling '''Data''' button allows the user to easily import and export data to and from Metis Smart Modeling. It is especially useful when creating for example multiple positions or systems, translating descriptions or working in teams.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:MSM-Data.png|center]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Translations ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Export ===&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:MSM-Data-Translation-Export.png|center|link=]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
validated using the [[File:MetisSmartModelingOKButton.PNG|link=]] button at the bottom of the window. This will display an MS Windows explorer window in order fro the user/administrator to select where Metis Smart Modeling should create the excel file including all the text elements selected. Once the application has processed the requested export of data, it displays a small confirmation window.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:MSM-Data-Translation-Export-OK.png|center|link=]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
It also displays a summary of the export selection with check-mark representing the status of the export. All &amp;quot;sections&amp;quot; are expanded and there individual status is displayed. See below for the meaning of the various icons.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:MSM-Data-Translation-Export-Valid.png|center|link=]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable centre&amp;quot; width=&amp;quot;90%&amp;quot; style=&amp;quot;border-collapse: separate; border-spacing: 0; border-width: 1px; border-style: solid; border-color: grey;&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
! scope=col style=&amp;quot;border-style: solid; border-color: grey; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0&amp;quot; | Result&lt;br /&gt;
! scope=col style=&amp;quot;border-style: solid; border-color: grey; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0&amp;quot; | Icon&lt;br /&gt;
! scope=col style=&amp;quot;border-style: solid; border-color: grey; border-width: 0 0 1px 0&amp;quot; | Description&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| width=&amp;quot;15%&amp;quot; style=&amp;quot;border-style: solid; border-color: grey; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0&amp;quot; |&lt;br /&gt;
'''OK'''&lt;br /&gt;
| width=&amp;quot;5%&amp;quot; style=&amp;quot;text-align:center; border-style: solid; border-color: grey; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0&amp;quot; |&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:MSM-Check-Green-Small.png|link=]]&lt;br /&gt;
| width=&amp;quot;80%&amp;quot; style=&amp;quot;border-style: solid; border-color: grey; border-width: 0 0 1px 0&amp;quot; |&lt;br /&gt;
The export of this element ran successfully.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| width=&amp;quot;15%&amp;quot; style=&amp;quot;border-style: solid; border-color: grey; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0&amp;quot; |&lt;br /&gt;
'''OK'''&lt;br /&gt;
| width=&amp;quot;5%&amp;quot; style=&amp;quot;text-align:center; border-style: solid; border-color: grey; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0&amp;quot; |&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:MSM-Check-Blue-Small.png|link=]]&lt;br /&gt;
| width=&amp;quot;80%&amp;quot; style=&amp;quot;border-style: solid; border-color: grey; border-width: 0 0 1px 0&amp;quot; |&lt;br /&gt;
The export of this element ran successfully, but there was nothing to export.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| width=&amp;quot;15%&amp;quot; style=&amp;quot;border-style: solid; border-color: grey; border-width: 0 1px 0 0&amp;quot; |&lt;br /&gt;
'''Not OK'''&lt;br /&gt;
| width=&amp;quot;5%&amp;quot; style=&amp;quot;text-align:center; border-style: solid; border-color: grey; border-width: 0 1px 0 0&amp;quot; |&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:MSM-Cancel-Small.png‎|link=]]&lt;br /&gt;
| width=&amp;quot;80%&amp;quot; style=&amp;quot;border-style: solid; border-color: grey; border-width: 0 0 0 0&amp;quot; |&lt;br /&gt;
The export of this element could not be executed successfully.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Once the export if validated and the directory is displayed on the user's computer, a series of MS Excel files is listed corresponding to the list of selected elements to be exported. The user/administrator may then open any of them for edition or review.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:MSM-Data-Export-Excel-1.png|center|link=]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable centre&amp;quot; width=&amp;quot;90%&amp;quot; style=&amp;quot;border-collapse: separate; border-spacing: 0; border-width: 1px; border-style: solid; border-color: grey;&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
! scope=col style=&amp;quot;border-style: solid; border-color: grey; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0&amp;quot; | Highlight&lt;br /&gt;
! scope=col style=&amp;quot;border-style: solid; border-color: grey; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0&amp;quot; | Color&lt;br /&gt;
! scope=col style=&amp;quot;border-style: solid; border-color: grey; border-width: 0 0 1px 0&amp;quot; | Description&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| width=&amp;quot;15%&amp;quot; style=&amp;quot;border-style: solid; border-color: grey; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0&amp;quot; |&lt;br /&gt;
'''Yellow'''&lt;br /&gt;
| width=&amp;quot;5%&amp;quot; style=&amp;quot;text-align:center; border-style: solid; border-color: grey; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0&amp;quot; |&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:MSM-Yellow.png|link=]]&lt;br /&gt;
| width=&amp;quot;80%&amp;quot; style=&amp;quot;border-style: solid; border-color: grey; border-width: 0 0 1px 0&amp;quot; |&lt;br /&gt;
The export of this element ran successfully.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| width=&amp;quot;15%&amp;quot; style=&amp;quot;border-style: solid; border-color: grey; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0&amp;quot; |&lt;br /&gt;
'''Orange'''&lt;br /&gt;
| width=&amp;quot;5%&amp;quot; style=&amp;quot;text-align:center; border-style: solid; border-color: grey; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0&amp;quot; |&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:MSM-Orange.png|link=]]&lt;br /&gt;
| width=&amp;quot;80%&amp;quot; style=&amp;quot;border-style: solid; border-color: grey; border-width: 0 0 1px 0&amp;quot; |&lt;br /&gt;
The export of this element ran successfully, but there was nothing to export.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| width=&amp;quot;15%&amp;quot; style=&amp;quot;border-style: solid; border-color: grey; border-width: 0 1px 0 0&amp;quot; |&lt;br /&gt;
'''Blue'''&lt;br /&gt;
| width=&amp;quot;5%&amp;quot; style=&amp;quot;text-align:center; border-style: solid; border-color: grey; border-width: 0 1px 0 0&amp;quot; |&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:MSM-Blue.png|link=]]&lt;br /&gt;
| width=&amp;quot;80%&amp;quot; style=&amp;quot;border-style: solid; border-color: grey; border-width: 0 0 0 0&amp;quot; |&lt;br /&gt;
The export of this element could not be executed successfully.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:MSM-Data-Export-Excel-2.png|center|link=]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Import ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Import ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The table shown in the main window displays all the import processes. It can be sorted alphabetically using the small arrows in the table headers (File Source Name, Last Import and Modification.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:MSM-Data-Import.png|center|link=]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
On the left-hand side of the main window, a '''Search''' feature is found. It allows the user/administrator to find import processes based on various criterion. The search is triggered by typing a keyword or only a letter in the fields above the &amp;quot;Search&amp;quot; button and then click on it. The results are then displayed below. Selecting a line from the result list will automatically select the corresponding entry in the main table.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Creating a new import process===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In the '''Mappings and Macros''' window, the &amp;quot;Add&amp;quot; button [[File:MetisSmartModelingAddButton.PNG|link=]] located above the main table allows the user/administrator to create a new Import process. When it is clicked, the '''Mapping, Macro''' selection window opens, it allows to chose which type of import process to create.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:MSM-Data-Import-Add-1.png|center|link=]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Once the type selected from the list, the new Mapping or Macro can be defined by validating the current window using the [[File:MetisSmartModelingOKButton.PNG|link=]] button at the bottom of the window. When done, the related creation window opens, it allows to define all related information.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{Note&lt;br /&gt;
| Mandatory fields are displayed in '''bold''' or with a red triangle in front of the field.&lt;br /&gt;
}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Once all related mandatory and optional information have been set, the new Mapping or Macro can be saved by validating the creation window using the [[File:MetisSmartModelingOKButton.PNG|link=]] button at the bottom of the window.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Running an existing import process===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Modifying an existing import process===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In the '''Mappings and Macros''' sub-menu, the &amp;quot;Edit&amp;quot; button [[File:MetisSmartModelingEditButton.PNG|link=]] located above the main table allows the user/administrator to apply modifications to all properties related to the selected import process. Selecting an import process and clicking on it opens the import process related edition window where all related properties and information can be edited.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For detailed descriptions of all information available in this window please refer to the section dedicated to the creation of a new import process. Modifications applied to the selected import process will only be saved once the edition window is validated using the [[File:MetisSmartModelingOKButton.PNG|link=]] button at the bottom of the window. This will update the table/list displayed on the main screen. Using the &amp;quot;Cancel&amp;quot; [[File:MetisSmartModelingCancelButton.PNG|link=]] button discards all changes and closes the window.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{Note&lt;br /&gt;
|When trying to edit an import process where the related file has been deleted or moved from the source directory, Metis Smart Suite shows the following warning. To solve this situation, either place the file back in the corresponding folder or continue editing the import process and modify the source file.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:MSM-Data-Import-Edit-2.png|center|link=]]&lt;br /&gt;
}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Deleting an existing import process===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In the '''Mappings and Macros''' sub-menu, the &amp;quot;Delete&amp;quot; button [[File:MetisSmartModelingDeleteButton.PNG|link=]] located above the main table allows the user/administrator to delete the selected import process. Selecting an import process and clicking on it displays the following confirmation window.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:MSM-Data-Import-Delete.png|center|link=]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Once the warning is confirmed, the selected import process is removed from Metis Smart Suite and deleted from the Metis Database.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{Note&lt;br /&gt;
| Deleting an import process doesn't delete the data imported using this mapping or macro.&lt;br /&gt;
}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Previewing an existing import process===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In the '''Mappings and Macros''' sub-menu, the &amp;quot;Preview&amp;quot; button [[File:MetisSmartModelingPreviewButton.PNG|link=]] located above the main table allows the user/administrator to see all properties and information related to the selected import process. Selecting an import process from the  table and clicking on it opens the related preview window. For detailed descriptions of all information available in this window please refer to the section dedicated to the creation of a new import process. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{Note&lt;br /&gt;
| Edition of the information and properties displayed herein is not possible. If modification are necessary, the edition function described above should be used.&lt;br /&gt;
}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Modeling ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Export ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Import ===&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Patrick</name></author>	</entry>

	<entry>
		<id>http://www.xpert-technologies.ch/mediawikidev/index.php?title=Metis_Smart_Modeling_-_Data</id>
		<title>Metis Smart Modeling - Data</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="http://www.xpert-technologies.ch/mediawikidev/index.php?title=Metis_Smart_Modeling_-_Data"/>
				<updated>2013-11-12T09:42:00Z</updated>
		
		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Patrick: /* Translations */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;The Metis Smart Modeling '''Data''' button allows the user to easily import and export data to and from Metis Smart Modeling. It is especially useful when creating for example multiple positions or systems, translating descriptions or working in teams.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:MSM-Data.png|center]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Translations ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Export ===&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:MSM-Data-Translation-Export.png|center|link=]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
validated using the [[File:MetisSmartModelingOKButton.PNG|link=]] button at the bottom of the window. This will display an MS Windows explorer window in order fro the user/administrator to select where Metis Smart Modeling should create the excel file including all the text elements selected. Once the application has processed the requested export of data, it displays a small confirmation window.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:MSM-Data-Translation-Export-OK.png|center|link=]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
It also displays a summary of the export selection with check-mark representing the status of the export. All &amp;quot;sections&amp;quot; are expanded and there individual status is displayed. See below for the meaning of the various icons.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:MSM-Data-Translation-Export-Valid.png|center|link=]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable centre&amp;quot; width=&amp;quot;90%&amp;quot; style=&amp;quot;border-collapse: separate; border-spacing: 0; border-width: 1px; border-style: solid; border-color: grey;&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
! scope=col style=&amp;quot;border-style: solid; border-color: grey; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0&amp;quot; | Result&lt;br /&gt;
! scope=col style=&amp;quot;border-style: solid; border-color: grey; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0&amp;quot; | Icon&lt;br /&gt;
! scope=col style=&amp;quot;border-style: solid; border-color: grey; border-width: 0 0 1px 0&amp;quot; | Description&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| width=&amp;quot;15%&amp;quot; style=&amp;quot;border-style: solid; border-color: grey; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0&amp;quot; |&lt;br /&gt;
'''OK'''&lt;br /&gt;
| width=&amp;quot;5%&amp;quot; style=&amp;quot;text-align:center; border-style: solid; border-color: grey; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0&amp;quot; |&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:MSM-Check-Green-Small.png|link=]]&lt;br /&gt;
| width=&amp;quot;80%&amp;quot; style=&amp;quot;border-style: solid; border-color: grey; border-width: 0 0 1px 0&amp;quot; |&lt;br /&gt;
The export of this element ran successfully.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| width=&amp;quot;15%&amp;quot; style=&amp;quot;border-style: solid; border-color: grey; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0&amp;quot; |&lt;br /&gt;
'''OK'''&lt;br /&gt;
| width=&amp;quot;5%&amp;quot; style=&amp;quot;text-align:center; border-style: solid; border-color: grey; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0&amp;quot; |&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:MSM-Check-Blue-Small.png|link=]]&lt;br /&gt;
| width=&amp;quot;80%&amp;quot; style=&amp;quot;border-style: solid; border-color: grey; border-width: 0 0 1px 0&amp;quot; |&lt;br /&gt;
The export of this element ran successfully, but there was nothing to export.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| width=&amp;quot;15%&amp;quot; style=&amp;quot;border-style: solid; border-color: grey; border-width: 0 1px 0 0&amp;quot; |&lt;br /&gt;
'''Not OK'''&lt;br /&gt;
| width=&amp;quot;5%&amp;quot; style=&amp;quot;text-align:center; border-style: solid; border-color: grey; border-width: 0 1px 0 0&amp;quot; |&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:MSM-Cancel-Small.png‎|link=]]&lt;br /&gt;
| width=&amp;quot;80%&amp;quot; style=&amp;quot;border-style: solid; border-color: grey; border-width: 0 0 0 0&amp;quot; |&lt;br /&gt;
The export of this element could not be executed successfully.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Once the export if validated and the directory is displayed on the user's computer, a series of MS Excel files is listed corresponding to the list of selected elements to be exported. The user/administrator may then open any of them for edition or review.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:MSM-Data-Export-Excel-1.png|center|link=]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable centre&amp;quot; width=&amp;quot;90%&amp;quot; style=&amp;quot;border-collapse: separate; border-spacing: 0; border-width: 1px; border-style: solid; border-color: grey;&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
! scope=col style=&amp;quot;border-style: solid; border-color: grey; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0&amp;quot; | Highlight&lt;br /&gt;
! scope=col style=&amp;quot;border-style: solid; border-color: grey; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0&amp;quot; | Color&lt;br /&gt;
! scope=col style=&amp;quot;border-style: solid; border-color: grey; border-width: 0 0 1px 0&amp;quot; | Description&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| width=&amp;quot;15%&amp;quot; style=&amp;quot;border-style: solid; border-color: grey; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0&amp;quot; |&lt;br /&gt;
'''Yellow'''&lt;br /&gt;
| width=&amp;quot;5%&amp;quot; style=&amp;quot;text-align:center; border-style: solid; border-color: grey; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0&amp;quot; |&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:MSM-Yellow.png|link=]]&lt;br /&gt;
| width=&amp;quot;80%&amp;quot; style=&amp;quot;border-style: solid; border-color: grey; border-width: 0 0 1px 0&amp;quot; |&lt;br /&gt;
The export of this element ran successfully.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| width=&amp;quot;15%&amp;quot; style=&amp;quot;border-style: solid; border-color: grey; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0&amp;quot; |&lt;br /&gt;
'''Orange'''&lt;br /&gt;
| width=&amp;quot;5%&amp;quot; style=&amp;quot;text-align:center; border-style: solid; border-color: grey; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0&amp;quot; |&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:MSM-Orange.png|link=]]&lt;br /&gt;
| width=&amp;quot;80%&amp;quot; style=&amp;quot;border-style: solid; border-color: grey; border-width: 0 0 1px 0&amp;quot; |&lt;br /&gt;
The export of this element ran successfully, but there was nothing to export.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| width=&amp;quot;15%&amp;quot; style=&amp;quot;border-style: solid; border-color: grey; border-width: 0 1px 0 0&amp;quot; |&lt;br /&gt;
'''Blue'''&lt;br /&gt;
| width=&amp;quot;5%&amp;quot; style=&amp;quot;text-align:center; border-style: solid; border-color: grey; border-width: 0 1px 0 0&amp;quot; |&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:MSM-Blue.png|link=]]&lt;br /&gt;
| width=&amp;quot;80%&amp;quot; style=&amp;quot;border-style: solid; border-color: grey; border-width: 0 0 0 0&amp;quot; |&lt;br /&gt;
The export of this element could not be executed successfully.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:MSM-Data-Export-Excel-2.png|center|link=]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Import ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Import ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The table shown in the main window displays all the import processes. It can be sorted alphabetically using the small arrows in the table headers (File Source Name, Last Import and Modification.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:MSM-Data-Import.png|center|link=]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
On the left-hand side of the main window, a '''Search''' feature is found. It allows the user/administrator to find import processes based on various criterion. The search is triggered by typing a keyword or only a letter in the fields above the &amp;quot;Search&amp;quot; button and then click on it. The results are then displayed below. Selecting a line from the result list will automatically select the corresponding entry in the main table.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Creating a new import process===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In the '''Mappings and Macros''' window, the &amp;quot;Add&amp;quot; button [[File:MetisSmartModelingAddButton.PNG|link=]] located above the main table allows the user/administrator to create a new Import process. When it is clicked, the '''Mapping, Macro''' selection window opens, it allows to chose which type of import process to create.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:MSM-Data-Import-Add-1.png|center|link=]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Once the type selected from the list, the new Mapping or Macro can be defined by validating the current window using the [[File:MetisSmartModelingOKButton.PNG|link=]] button at the bottom of the window. When done, the related creation window opens, it allows to define all related information.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{Note&lt;br /&gt;
| Mandatory fields are displayed in '''bold''' or with a red triangle in front of the field.&lt;br /&gt;
}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Once all related mandatory and optional information have been set, the new Mapping or Macro can be saved by validating the creation window using the [[File:MetisSmartModelingOKButton.PNG|link=]] button at the bottom of the window.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Running an existing import process===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Modifying an existing import process===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In the '''Mappings and Macros''' sub-menu, the &amp;quot;Edit&amp;quot; button [[File:MetisSmartModelingEditButton.PNG|link=]] located above the main table allows the user/administrator to apply modifications to all properties related to the selected import process. Selecting an import process and clicking on it opens the import process related edition window where all related properties and information can be edited.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For detailed descriptions of all information available in this window please refer to the section dedicated to the creation of a new import process. Modifications applied to the selected import process will only be saved once the edition window is validated using the [[File:MetisSmartModelingOKButton.PNG|link=]] button at the bottom of the window. This will update the table/list displayed on the main screen. Using the &amp;quot;Cancel&amp;quot; [[File:MetisSmartModelingCancelButton.PNG|link=]] button discards all changes and closes the window.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{Note&lt;br /&gt;
|When trying to edit an import process where the related file has been deleted or moved from the source directory, Metis Smart Suite shows the following warning. To solve this situation, either place the file back in the corresponding folder or continue editing the import process and modify the source file.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:MSM-Data-Import-Edit-2.png|center|link=]]&lt;br /&gt;
}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Deleting an existing import process===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In the '''Mappings and Macros''' sub-menu, the &amp;quot;Delete&amp;quot; button [[File:MetisSmartModelingDeleteButton.PNG|link=]] located above the main table allows the user/administrator to delete the selected import process. Selecting an import process and clicking on it displays the following confirmation window.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:MSM-Data-Import-Delete.png|center|link=]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Once the warning is confirmed, the selected import process is removed from Metis Smart Suite and deleted from the Metis Database.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{Note&lt;br /&gt;
| Deleting an import process doesn't delete the data imported using this mapping or macro.&lt;br /&gt;
}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Previewing an existing import process===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In the '''Mappings and Macros''' sub-menu, the &amp;quot;Preview&amp;quot; button [[File:MetisSmartModelingPreviewButton.PNG|link=]] located above the main table allows the user/administrator to see all properties and information related to the selected import process. Selecting an import process from the  table and clicking on it opens the related preview window. For detailed descriptions of all information available in this window please refer to the section dedicated to the creation of a new import process. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{Note&lt;br /&gt;
| Edition of the information and properties displayed herein is not possible. If modification are necessary, the edition function described above should be used.&lt;br /&gt;
}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Modeling ==&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Patrick</name></author>	</entry>

	<entry>
		<id>http://www.xpert-technologies.ch/mediawikidev/index.php?title=Metis_Smart_Modeling_-_Data</id>
		<title>Metis Smart Modeling - Data</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="http://www.xpert-technologies.ch/mediawikidev/index.php?title=Metis_Smart_Modeling_-_Data"/>
				<updated>2013-11-12T09:27:36Z</updated>
		
		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Patrick: /* Import */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;The Metis Smart Modeling '''Data''' button allows the user to easily import and export data to and from Metis Smart Modeling. It is especially useful when creating for example multiple positions or systems, translating descriptions or working in teams.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:MSM-Data.png|center]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Translations ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:MSM-Data-Translation-Export.png|center|link=]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
validated using the [[File:MetisSmartModelingOKButton.PNG|link=]] button at the bottom of the window. This will display an MS Windows explorer window in order fro the user/administrator to select where Metis Smart Modeling should create the excel file including all the text elements selected. Once the application has processed the requested export of data, it displays a small confirmation window.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:MSM-Data-Translation-Export-OK.png|center|link=]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
It also displays a summary of the export selection with check-mark representing the status of the export. All &amp;quot;sections&amp;quot; are expanded and there individual status is displayed. See below for the meaning of the various icons.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:MSM-Data-Translation-Export-Valid.png|center|link=]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable centre&amp;quot; width=&amp;quot;90%&amp;quot; style=&amp;quot;border-collapse: separate; border-spacing: 0; border-width: 1px; border-style: solid; border-color: grey;&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
! scope=col style=&amp;quot;border-style: solid; border-color: grey; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0&amp;quot; | Result&lt;br /&gt;
! scope=col style=&amp;quot;border-style: solid; border-color: grey; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0&amp;quot; | Icon&lt;br /&gt;
! scope=col style=&amp;quot;border-style: solid; border-color: grey; border-width: 0 0 1px 0&amp;quot; | Description&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| width=&amp;quot;15%&amp;quot; style=&amp;quot;border-style: solid; border-color: grey; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0&amp;quot; |&lt;br /&gt;
'''OK'''&lt;br /&gt;
| width=&amp;quot;5%&amp;quot; style=&amp;quot;text-align:center; border-style: solid; border-color: grey; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0&amp;quot; |&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:MSM-Check-Green-Small.png|link=]]&lt;br /&gt;
| width=&amp;quot;80%&amp;quot; style=&amp;quot;border-style: solid; border-color: grey; border-width: 0 0 1px 0&amp;quot; |&lt;br /&gt;
The export of this element ran successfully.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| width=&amp;quot;15%&amp;quot; style=&amp;quot;border-style: solid; border-color: grey; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0&amp;quot; |&lt;br /&gt;
'''OK'''&lt;br /&gt;
| width=&amp;quot;5%&amp;quot; style=&amp;quot;text-align:center; border-style: solid; border-color: grey; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0&amp;quot; |&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:MSM-Check-Blue-Small.png|link=]]&lt;br /&gt;
| width=&amp;quot;80%&amp;quot; style=&amp;quot;border-style: solid; border-color: grey; border-width: 0 0 1px 0&amp;quot; |&lt;br /&gt;
The export of this element ran successfully, but there was nothing to export.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| width=&amp;quot;15%&amp;quot; style=&amp;quot;border-style: solid; border-color: grey; border-width: 0 1px 0 0&amp;quot; |&lt;br /&gt;
'''Not OK'''&lt;br /&gt;
| width=&amp;quot;5%&amp;quot; style=&amp;quot;text-align:center; border-style: solid; border-color: grey; border-width: 0 1px 0 0&amp;quot; |&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:MSM-Cancel-Small.png‎|link=]]&lt;br /&gt;
| width=&amp;quot;80%&amp;quot; style=&amp;quot;border-style: solid; border-color: grey; border-width: 0 0 0 0&amp;quot; |&lt;br /&gt;
The export of this element could not be executed successfully.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Once the export if validated and the directory is displayed on the user's computer, a series of MS Excel files is listed corresponding to the list of selected elements to be exported. The user/administrator may then open any of them for edition or review.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:MSM-Data-Export-Excel-1.png|center|link=]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable centre&amp;quot; width=&amp;quot;90%&amp;quot; style=&amp;quot;border-collapse: separate; border-spacing: 0; border-width: 1px; border-style: solid; border-color: grey;&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
! scope=col style=&amp;quot;border-style: solid; border-color: grey; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0&amp;quot; | Highlight&lt;br /&gt;
! scope=col style=&amp;quot;border-style: solid; border-color: grey; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0&amp;quot; | Color&lt;br /&gt;
! scope=col style=&amp;quot;border-style: solid; border-color: grey; border-width: 0 0 1px 0&amp;quot; | Description&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| width=&amp;quot;15%&amp;quot; style=&amp;quot;border-style: solid; border-color: grey; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0&amp;quot; |&lt;br /&gt;
'''Yellow'''&lt;br /&gt;
| width=&amp;quot;5%&amp;quot; style=&amp;quot;text-align:center; border-style: solid; border-color: grey; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0&amp;quot; |&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:MSM-Yellow.png|link=]]&lt;br /&gt;
| width=&amp;quot;80%&amp;quot; style=&amp;quot;border-style: solid; border-color: grey; border-width: 0 0 1px 0&amp;quot; |&lt;br /&gt;
The export of this element ran successfully.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| width=&amp;quot;15%&amp;quot; style=&amp;quot;border-style: solid; border-color: grey; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0&amp;quot; |&lt;br /&gt;
'''Orange'''&lt;br /&gt;
| width=&amp;quot;5%&amp;quot; style=&amp;quot;text-align:center; border-style: solid; border-color: grey; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0&amp;quot; |&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:MSM-Orange.png|link=]]&lt;br /&gt;
| width=&amp;quot;80%&amp;quot; style=&amp;quot;border-style: solid; border-color: grey; border-width: 0 0 1px 0&amp;quot; |&lt;br /&gt;
The export of this element ran successfully, but there was nothing to export.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| width=&amp;quot;15%&amp;quot; style=&amp;quot;border-style: solid; border-color: grey; border-width: 0 1px 0 0&amp;quot; |&lt;br /&gt;
'''Blue'''&lt;br /&gt;
| width=&amp;quot;5%&amp;quot; style=&amp;quot;text-align:center; border-style: solid; border-color: grey; border-width: 0 1px 0 0&amp;quot; |&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:MSM-Blue.png|link=]]&lt;br /&gt;
| width=&amp;quot;80%&amp;quot; style=&amp;quot;border-style: solid; border-color: grey; border-width: 0 0 0 0&amp;quot; |&lt;br /&gt;
The export of this element could not be executed successfully.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:MSM-Data-Export-Excel-2.png|center|link=]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Import ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The table shown in the main window displays all the import processes. It can be sorted alphabetically using the small arrows in the table headers (File Source Name, Last Import and Modification.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:MSM-Data-Import.png|center|link=]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
On the left-hand side of the main window, a '''Search''' feature is found. It allows the user/administrator to find import processes based on various criterion. The search is triggered by typing a keyword or only a letter in the fields above the &amp;quot;Search&amp;quot; button and then click on it. The results are then displayed below. Selecting a line from the result list will automatically select the corresponding entry in the main table.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Creating a new import process===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In the '''Mappings and Macros''' window, the &amp;quot;Add&amp;quot; button [[File:MetisSmartModelingAddButton.PNG|link=]] located above the main table allows the user/administrator to create a new Import process. When it is clicked, the '''Mapping, Macro''' selection window opens, it allows to chose which type of import process to create.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:MSM-Data-Import-Add-1.png|center|link=]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Once the type selected from the list, the new Mapping or Macro can be defined by validating the current window using the [[File:MetisSmartModelingOKButton.PNG|link=]] button at the bottom of the window. When done, the related creation window opens, it allows to define all related information.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{Note&lt;br /&gt;
| Mandatory fields are displayed in '''bold''' or with a red triangle in front of the field.&lt;br /&gt;
}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Once all related mandatory and optional information have been set, the new Mapping or Macro can be saved by validating the creation window using the [[File:MetisSmartModelingOKButton.PNG|link=]] button at the bottom of the window.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Running an existing import process===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Modifying an existing import process===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In the '''Mappings and Macros''' sub-menu, the &amp;quot;Edit&amp;quot; button [[File:MetisSmartModelingEditButton.PNG|link=]] located above the main table allows the user/administrator to apply modifications to all properties related to the selected import process. Selecting an import process and clicking on it opens the import process related edition window where all related properties and information can be edited.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For detailed descriptions of all information available in this window please refer to the section dedicated to the creation of a new import process. Modifications applied to the selected import process will only be saved once the edition window is validated using the [[File:MetisSmartModelingOKButton.PNG|link=]] button at the bottom of the window. This will update the table/list displayed on the main screen. Using the &amp;quot;Cancel&amp;quot; [[File:MetisSmartModelingCancelButton.PNG|link=]] button discards all changes and closes the window.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{Note&lt;br /&gt;
|When trying to edit an import process where the related file has been deleted or moved from the source directory, Metis Smart Suite shows the following warning. To solve this situation, either place the file back in the corresponding folder or continue editing the import process and modify the source file.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:MSM-Data-Import-Edit-2.png|center|link=]]&lt;br /&gt;
}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Deleting an existing import process===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In the '''Mappings and Macros''' sub-menu, the &amp;quot;Delete&amp;quot; button [[File:MetisSmartModelingDeleteButton.PNG|link=]] located above the main table allows the user/administrator to delete the selected import process. Selecting an import process and clicking on it displays the following confirmation window.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:MSM-Data-Import-Delete.png|center|link=]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Once the warning is confirmed, the selected import process is removed from Metis Smart Suite and deleted from the Metis Database.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{Note&lt;br /&gt;
| Deleting an import process doesn't delete the data imported using this mapping or macro.&lt;br /&gt;
}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Previewing an existing import process===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In the '''Mappings and Macros''' sub-menu, the &amp;quot;Preview&amp;quot; button [[File:MetisSmartModelingPreviewButton.PNG|link=]] located above the main table allows the user/administrator to see all properties and information related to the selected import process. Selecting an import process from the  table and clicking on it opens the related preview window. For detailed descriptions of all information available in this window please refer to the section dedicated to the creation of a new import process. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{Note&lt;br /&gt;
| Edition of the information and properties displayed herein is not possible. If modification are necessary, the edition function described above should be used.&lt;br /&gt;
}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Modeling ==&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Patrick</name></author>	</entry>

	<entry>
		<id>http://www.xpert-technologies.ch/mediawikidev/index.php?title=Metis_Smart_Modeling_-_Data</id>
		<title>Metis Smart Modeling - Data</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="http://www.xpert-technologies.ch/mediawikidev/index.php?title=Metis_Smart_Modeling_-_Data"/>
				<updated>2013-11-12T09:24:19Z</updated>
		
		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Patrick: /* Import */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;The Metis Smart Modeling '''Data''' button allows the user to easily import and export data to and from Metis Smart Modeling. It is especially useful when creating for example multiple positions or systems, translating descriptions or working in teams.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:MSM-Data.png|center]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Translations ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:MSM-Data-Translation-Export.png|center|link=]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
validated using the [[File:MetisSmartModelingOKButton.PNG|link=]] button at the bottom of the window. This will display an MS Windows explorer window in order fro the user/administrator to select where Metis Smart Modeling should create the excel file including all the text elements selected. Once the application has processed the requested export of data, it displays a small confirmation window.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:MSM-Data-Translation-Export-OK.png|center|link=]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
It also displays a summary of the export selection with check-mark representing the status of the export. All &amp;quot;sections&amp;quot; are expanded and there individual status is displayed. See below for the meaning of the various icons.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:MSM-Data-Translation-Export-Valid.png|center|link=]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable centre&amp;quot; width=&amp;quot;90%&amp;quot; style=&amp;quot;border-collapse: separate; border-spacing: 0; border-width: 1px; border-style: solid; border-color: grey;&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
! scope=col style=&amp;quot;border-style: solid; border-color: grey; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0&amp;quot; | Result&lt;br /&gt;
! scope=col style=&amp;quot;border-style: solid; border-color: grey; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0&amp;quot; | Icon&lt;br /&gt;
! scope=col style=&amp;quot;border-style: solid; border-color: grey; border-width: 0 0 1px 0&amp;quot; | Description&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| width=&amp;quot;15%&amp;quot; style=&amp;quot;border-style: solid; border-color: grey; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0&amp;quot; |&lt;br /&gt;
'''OK'''&lt;br /&gt;
| width=&amp;quot;5%&amp;quot; style=&amp;quot;text-align:center; border-style: solid; border-color: grey; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0&amp;quot; |&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:MSM-Check-Green-Small.png|link=]]&lt;br /&gt;
| width=&amp;quot;80%&amp;quot; style=&amp;quot;border-style: solid; border-color: grey; border-width: 0 0 1px 0&amp;quot; |&lt;br /&gt;
The export of this element ran successfully.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| width=&amp;quot;15%&amp;quot; style=&amp;quot;border-style: solid; border-color: grey; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0&amp;quot; |&lt;br /&gt;
'''OK'''&lt;br /&gt;
| width=&amp;quot;5%&amp;quot; style=&amp;quot;text-align:center; border-style: solid; border-color: grey; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0&amp;quot; |&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:MSM-Check-Blue-Small.png|link=]]&lt;br /&gt;
| width=&amp;quot;80%&amp;quot; style=&amp;quot;border-style: solid; border-color: grey; border-width: 0 0 1px 0&amp;quot; |&lt;br /&gt;
The export of this element ran successfully, but there was nothing to export.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| width=&amp;quot;15%&amp;quot; style=&amp;quot;border-style: solid; border-color: grey; border-width: 0 1px 0 0&amp;quot; |&lt;br /&gt;
'''Not OK'''&lt;br /&gt;
| width=&amp;quot;5%&amp;quot; style=&amp;quot;text-align:center; border-style: solid; border-color: grey; border-width: 0 1px 0 0&amp;quot; |&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:MSM-Cancel-Small.png‎|link=]]&lt;br /&gt;
| width=&amp;quot;80%&amp;quot; style=&amp;quot;border-style: solid; border-color: grey; border-width: 0 0 0 0&amp;quot; |&lt;br /&gt;
The export of this element could not be executed successfully.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Once the export if validated and the directory is displayed on the user's computer, a series of MS Excel files is listed corresponding to the list of selected elements to be exported. The user/administrator may then open any of them for edition or review.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:MSM-Data-Export-Excel-1.png|center|link=]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable centre&amp;quot; width=&amp;quot;90%&amp;quot; style=&amp;quot;border-collapse: separate; border-spacing: 0; border-width: 1px; border-style: solid; border-color: grey;&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
! scope=col style=&amp;quot;border-style: solid; border-color: grey; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0&amp;quot; | Highlight&lt;br /&gt;
! scope=col style=&amp;quot;border-style: solid; border-color: grey; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0&amp;quot; | Color&lt;br /&gt;
! scope=col style=&amp;quot;border-style: solid; border-color: grey; border-width: 0 0 1px 0&amp;quot; | Description&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| width=&amp;quot;15%&amp;quot; style=&amp;quot;border-style: solid; border-color: grey; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0&amp;quot; |&lt;br /&gt;
'''Yellow'''&lt;br /&gt;
| width=&amp;quot;5%&amp;quot; style=&amp;quot;text-align:center; border-style: solid; border-color: grey; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0&amp;quot; |&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:MSM-Yellow.png|link=]]&lt;br /&gt;
| width=&amp;quot;80%&amp;quot; style=&amp;quot;border-style: solid; border-color: grey; border-width: 0 0 1px 0&amp;quot; |&lt;br /&gt;
The export of this element ran successfully.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| width=&amp;quot;15%&amp;quot; style=&amp;quot;border-style: solid; border-color: grey; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0&amp;quot; |&lt;br /&gt;
'''Orange'''&lt;br /&gt;
| width=&amp;quot;5%&amp;quot; style=&amp;quot;text-align:center; border-style: solid; border-color: grey; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0&amp;quot; |&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:MSM-Orange.png|link=]]&lt;br /&gt;
| width=&amp;quot;80%&amp;quot; style=&amp;quot;border-style: solid; border-color: grey; border-width: 0 0 1px 0&amp;quot; |&lt;br /&gt;
The export of this element ran successfully, but there was nothing to export.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| width=&amp;quot;15%&amp;quot; style=&amp;quot;border-style: solid; border-color: grey; border-width: 0 1px 0 0&amp;quot; |&lt;br /&gt;
'''Blue'''&lt;br /&gt;
| width=&amp;quot;5%&amp;quot; style=&amp;quot;text-align:center; border-style: solid; border-color: grey; border-width: 0 1px 0 0&amp;quot; |&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:MSM-Blue.png|link=]]&lt;br /&gt;
| width=&amp;quot;80%&amp;quot; style=&amp;quot;border-style: solid; border-color: grey; border-width: 0 0 0 0&amp;quot; |&lt;br /&gt;
The export of this element could not be executed successfully.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:MSM-Data-Export-Excel-2.png|center|link=]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Import ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:MSM-Data-Import.png|center|link=]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Creating a new import process===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In the '''Mappings and Macros''' window, the &amp;quot;Add&amp;quot; button [[File:MetisSmartModelingAddButton.PNG|link=]] located above the main table allows the user/administrator to create a new Import process. When it is clicked, the '''Mapping, Macro''' selection window opens, it allows to chose which type of import process to create.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:MSM-Data-Import-Add-1.png|center|link=]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Once the type selected from the list, the new Mapping or Macro can be defined by validating the current window using the [[File:MetisSmartModelingOKButton.PNG|link=]] button at the bottom of the window. When done, the related creation window opens, it allows to define all related information.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{Note&lt;br /&gt;
| Mandatory fields are displayed in '''bold''' or with a red triangle in front of the field.&lt;br /&gt;
}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Once all related mandatory and optional information have been set, the new Mapping or Macro can be saved by validating the creation window using the [[File:MetisSmartModelingOKButton.PNG|link=]] button at the bottom of the window.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Running an existing import process===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Modifying an existing import process===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In the '''Mappings and Macros''' sub-menu, the &amp;quot;Edit&amp;quot; button [[File:MetisSmartModelingEditButton.PNG|link=]] located above the main table allows the user/administrator to apply modifications to all properties related to the selected import process. Selecting an import process and clicking on it opens the import process related edition window where all related properties and information can be edited.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For detailed descriptions of all information available in this window please refer to the section dedicated to the creation of a new import process. Modifications applied to the selected import process will only be saved once the edition window is validated using the [[File:MetisSmartModelingOKButton.PNG|link=]] button at the bottom of the window. This will update the table/list displayed on the main screen. Using the &amp;quot;Cancel&amp;quot; [[File:MetisSmartModelingCancelButton.PNG|link=]] button discards all changes and closes the window.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{Note&lt;br /&gt;
|When trying to edit an import process where the related file has been deleted or moved from the source directory, Metis Smart Suite shows the following warning. To solve this situation, either place the file back in the corresponding folder or continue editing the import process and modify the source file.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:MSM-Data-Import-Edit-2.png|center|link=]]&lt;br /&gt;
}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Deleting an existing import process===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In the '''Mappings and Macros''' sub-menu, the &amp;quot;Delete&amp;quot; button [[File:MetisSmartModelingDeleteButton.PNG|link=]] located above the main table allows the user/administrator to delete the selected import process. Selecting an import process and clicking on it displays the following confirmation window.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:MSM-Data-Import-Delete.png|center|link=]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Once the warning is confirmed, the selected import process is removed from Metis Smart Suite and deleted from the Metis Database.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{Note&lt;br /&gt;
| Deleting an import process doesn't delete the data imported using this mapping or macro.&lt;br /&gt;
}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Previewing an existing import process===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In the '''Mappings and Macros''' sub-menu, the &amp;quot;Preview&amp;quot; button [[File:MetisSmartModelingPreviewButton.PNG|link=]] located above the main table allows the user/administrator to see all properties and information related to the selected import process. Selecting an import process from the  table and clicking on it opens the related preview window. For detailed descriptions of all information available in this window please refer to the section dedicated to the creation of a new import process. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{Note&lt;br /&gt;
| Edition of the information and properties displayed herein is not possible. If modification are necessary, the edition function described above should be used.&lt;br /&gt;
}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Modeling ==&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Patrick</name></author>	</entry>

	<entry>
		<id>http://www.xpert-technologies.ch/mediawikidev/index.php?title=File:MSM-Data-Import-Delete.png</id>
		<title>File:MSM-Data-Import-Delete.png</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="http://www.xpert-technologies.ch/mediawikidev/index.php?title=File:MSM-Data-Import-Delete.png"/>
				<updated>2013-11-12T09:17:58Z</updated>
		
		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Patrick: &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Patrick</name></author>	</entry>

	<entry>
		<id>http://www.xpert-technologies.ch/mediawikidev/index.php?title=Metis_Smart_Modeling_-_Data</id>
		<title>Metis Smart Modeling - Data</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="http://www.xpert-technologies.ch/mediawikidev/index.php?title=Metis_Smart_Modeling_-_Data"/>
				<updated>2013-11-12T09:14:15Z</updated>
		
		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Patrick: /* Import */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;The Metis Smart Modeling '''Data''' button allows the user to easily import and export data to and from Metis Smart Modeling. It is especially useful when creating for example multiple positions or systems, translating descriptions or working in teams.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:MSM-Data.png|center]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Translations ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:MSM-Data-Translation-Export.png|center|link=]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
validated using the [[File:MetisSmartModelingOKButton.PNG|link=]] button at the bottom of the window. This will display an MS Windows explorer window in order fro the user/administrator to select where Metis Smart Modeling should create the excel file including all the text elements selected. Once the application has processed the requested export of data, it displays a small confirmation window.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:MSM-Data-Translation-Export-OK.png|center|link=]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
It also displays a summary of the export selection with check-mark representing the status of the export. All &amp;quot;sections&amp;quot; are expanded and there individual status is displayed. See below for the meaning of the various icons.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:MSM-Data-Translation-Export-Valid.png|center|link=]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable centre&amp;quot; width=&amp;quot;90%&amp;quot; style=&amp;quot;border-collapse: separate; border-spacing: 0; border-width: 1px; border-style: solid; border-color: grey;&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
! scope=col style=&amp;quot;border-style: solid; border-color: grey; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0&amp;quot; | Result&lt;br /&gt;
! scope=col style=&amp;quot;border-style: solid; border-color: grey; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0&amp;quot; | Icon&lt;br /&gt;
! scope=col style=&amp;quot;border-style: solid; border-color: grey; border-width: 0 0 1px 0&amp;quot; | Description&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| width=&amp;quot;15%&amp;quot; style=&amp;quot;border-style: solid; border-color: grey; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0&amp;quot; |&lt;br /&gt;
'''OK'''&lt;br /&gt;
| width=&amp;quot;5%&amp;quot; style=&amp;quot;text-align:center; border-style: solid; border-color: grey; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0&amp;quot; |&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:MSM-Check-Green-Small.png|link=]]&lt;br /&gt;
| width=&amp;quot;80%&amp;quot; style=&amp;quot;border-style: solid; border-color: grey; border-width: 0 0 1px 0&amp;quot; |&lt;br /&gt;
The export of this element ran successfully.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| width=&amp;quot;15%&amp;quot; style=&amp;quot;border-style: solid; border-color: grey; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0&amp;quot; |&lt;br /&gt;
'''OK'''&lt;br /&gt;
| width=&amp;quot;5%&amp;quot; style=&amp;quot;text-align:center; border-style: solid; border-color: grey; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0&amp;quot; |&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:MSM-Check-Blue-Small.png|link=]]&lt;br /&gt;
| width=&amp;quot;80%&amp;quot; style=&amp;quot;border-style: solid; border-color: grey; border-width: 0 0 1px 0&amp;quot; |&lt;br /&gt;
The export of this element ran successfully, but there was nothing to export.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| width=&amp;quot;15%&amp;quot; style=&amp;quot;border-style: solid; border-color: grey; border-width: 0 1px 0 0&amp;quot; |&lt;br /&gt;
'''Not OK'''&lt;br /&gt;
| width=&amp;quot;5%&amp;quot; style=&amp;quot;text-align:center; border-style: solid; border-color: grey; border-width: 0 1px 0 0&amp;quot; |&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:MSM-Cancel-Small.png‎|link=]]&lt;br /&gt;
| width=&amp;quot;80%&amp;quot; style=&amp;quot;border-style: solid; border-color: grey; border-width: 0 0 0 0&amp;quot; |&lt;br /&gt;
The export of this element could not be executed successfully.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Once the export if validated and the directory is displayed on the user's computer, a series of MS Excel files is listed corresponding to the list of selected elements to be exported. The user/administrator may then open any of them for edition or review.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:MSM-Data-Export-Excel-1.png|center|link=]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable centre&amp;quot; width=&amp;quot;90%&amp;quot; style=&amp;quot;border-collapse: separate; border-spacing: 0; border-width: 1px; border-style: solid; border-color: grey;&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
! scope=col style=&amp;quot;border-style: solid; border-color: grey; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0&amp;quot; | Highlight&lt;br /&gt;
! scope=col style=&amp;quot;border-style: solid; border-color: grey; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0&amp;quot; | Color&lt;br /&gt;
! scope=col style=&amp;quot;border-style: solid; border-color: grey; border-width: 0 0 1px 0&amp;quot; | Description&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| width=&amp;quot;15%&amp;quot; style=&amp;quot;border-style: solid; border-color: grey; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0&amp;quot; |&lt;br /&gt;
'''Yellow'''&lt;br /&gt;
| width=&amp;quot;5%&amp;quot; style=&amp;quot;text-align:center; border-style: solid; border-color: grey; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0&amp;quot; |&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:MSM-Yellow.png|link=]]&lt;br /&gt;
| width=&amp;quot;80%&amp;quot; style=&amp;quot;border-style: solid; border-color: grey; border-width: 0 0 1px 0&amp;quot; |&lt;br /&gt;
The export of this element ran successfully.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| width=&amp;quot;15%&amp;quot; style=&amp;quot;border-style: solid; border-color: grey; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0&amp;quot; |&lt;br /&gt;
'''Orange'''&lt;br /&gt;
| width=&amp;quot;5%&amp;quot; style=&amp;quot;text-align:center; border-style: solid; border-color: grey; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0&amp;quot; |&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:MSM-Orange.png|link=]]&lt;br /&gt;
| width=&amp;quot;80%&amp;quot; style=&amp;quot;border-style: solid; border-color: grey; border-width: 0 0 1px 0&amp;quot; |&lt;br /&gt;
The export of this element ran successfully, but there was nothing to export.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| width=&amp;quot;15%&amp;quot; style=&amp;quot;border-style: solid; border-color: grey; border-width: 0 1px 0 0&amp;quot; |&lt;br /&gt;
'''Blue'''&lt;br /&gt;
| width=&amp;quot;5%&amp;quot; style=&amp;quot;text-align:center; border-style: solid; border-color: grey; border-width: 0 1px 0 0&amp;quot; |&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:MSM-Blue.png|link=]]&lt;br /&gt;
| width=&amp;quot;80%&amp;quot; style=&amp;quot;border-style: solid; border-color: grey; border-width: 0 0 0 0&amp;quot; |&lt;br /&gt;
The export of this element could not be executed successfully.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:MSM-Data-Export-Excel-2.png|center|link=]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Import ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:MSM-Data-Import.png|center|link=]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Creating a new import process===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In the '''Mappings and Macros''' window, the &amp;quot;Add&amp;quot; button [[File:MetisSmartModelingAddButton.PNG|link=]] located above the main table allows the user/administrator to create a new Import process. When it is clicked, the '''Mapping, Macro''' selection window opens, it allows to chose which type of import process to create.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:MSM-Data-Import-Add-1.png|center|link=]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Once the type selected from the list, the new Mapping or Macro can be defined by validating the current window using the [[File:MetisSmartModelingOKButton.PNG|link=]] button at the bottom of the window. When done, the related creation window opens, it allows to define all related information.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{Note&lt;br /&gt;
| Mandatory fields are displayed in '''bold''' or with a red triangle in front of the field.&lt;br /&gt;
}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Once all related mandatory and optional information have been set, the new Mapping or Macro can be saved by validating the creation window using the [[File:MetisSmartModelingOKButton.PNG|link=]] button at the bottom of the window.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Running an existing import process===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Modifying an existing import process===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In the '''Mappings and Macros''' sub-menu, the &amp;quot;Edit&amp;quot; button [[File:MetisSmartModelingEditButton.PNG|link=]] located above the main table allows the user/administrator to apply modifications to all properties related to the selected import process. Selecting an import process and clicking on it opens the '''...''' edition window where all related properties and information can be edited.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For detailed descriptions of all information available in this window please refer to the section dedicated to the creation of a new ... . Modifications applied to the selected ... will only be saved once the ... edition window is validated using the [[File:MetisSmartModelingOKButton.PNG|link=]] button at the bottom of the window. This will update the table/list displayed on the main screen. Using the &amp;quot;Cancel&amp;quot; [[File:MetisSmartModelingCancelButton.PNG|link=]] button discards all changes and closes the window.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{Note&lt;br /&gt;
|When trying to edit an import process where the related file has been deleted or moved from the source directory, Metis Smart Suite shows the following warning. To solve this situation, either place the file back in the corresponding folder or continue editing the import process and modify the source file.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:MSM-Data-Import-Edit-2.png|center|link=]]&lt;br /&gt;
}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Deleting an existing import process===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Previewing an existing import process===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Modeling ==&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Patrick</name></author>	</entry>

	<entry>
		<id>http://www.xpert-technologies.ch/mediawikidev/index.php?title=File:MSM-Data-Import-Edit-2.png</id>
		<title>File:MSM-Data-Import-Edit-2.png</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="http://www.xpert-technologies.ch/mediawikidev/index.php?title=File:MSM-Data-Import-Edit-2.png"/>
				<updated>2013-11-12T09:11:31Z</updated>
		
		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Patrick: &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Patrick</name></author>	</entry>

	<entry>
		<id>http://www.xpert-technologies.ch/mediawikidev/index.php?title=File:MSM-Data-Import-Add-1.png</id>
		<title>File:MSM-Data-Import-Add-1.png</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="http://www.xpert-technologies.ch/mediawikidev/index.php?title=File:MSM-Data-Import-Add-1.png"/>
				<updated>2013-11-12T08:55:33Z</updated>
		
		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Patrick: &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Patrick</name></author>	</entry>

	<entry>
		<id>http://www.xpert-technologies.ch/mediawikidev/index.php?title=File:MSM-Data-Import.png</id>
		<title>File:MSM-Data-Import.png</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="http://www.xpert-technologies.ch/mediawikidev/index.php?title=File:MSM-Data-Import.png"/>
				<updated>2013-11-12T08:53:49Z</updated>
		
		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Patrick: &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Patrick</name></author>	</entry>

	<entry>
		<id>http://www.xpert-technologies.ch/mediawikidev/index.php?title=Metis_Smart_Modeling_-_Data</id>
		<title>Metis Smart Modeling - Data</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="http://www.xpert-technologies.ch/mediawikidev/index.php?title=Metis_Smart_Modeling_-_Data"/>
				<updated>2013-11-12T08:50:38Z</updated>
		
		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Patrick: /* Translations */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;The Metis Smart Modeling '''Data''' button allows the user to easily import and export data to and from Metis Smart Modeling. It is especially useful when creating for example multiple positions or systems, translating descriptions or working in teams.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:MSM-Data.png|center]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Translations ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:MSM-Data-Translation-Export.png|center|link=]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
validated using the [[File:MetisSmartModelingOKButton.PNG|link=]] button at the bottom of the window. This will display an MS Windows explorer window in order fro the user/administrator to select where Metis Smart Modeling should create the excel file including all the text elements selected. Once the application has processed the requested export of data, it displays a small confirmation window.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:MSM-Data-Translation-Export-OK.png|center|link=]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
It also displays a summary of the export selection with check-mark representing the status of the export. All &amp;quot;sections&amp;quot; are expanded and there individual status is displayed. See below for the meaning of the various icons.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:MSM-Data-Translation-Export-Valid.png|center|link=]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable centre&amp;quot; width=&amp;quot;90%&amp;quot; style=&amp;quot;border-collapse: separate; border-spacing: 0; border-width: 1px; border-style: solid; border-color: grey;&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
! scope=col style=&amp;quot;border-style: solid; border-color: grey; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0&amp;quot; | Result&lt;br /&gt;
! scope=col style=&amp;quot;border-style: solid; border-color: grey; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0&amp;quot; | Icon&lt;br /&gt;
! scope=col style=&amp;quot;border-style: solid; border-color: grey; border-width: 0 0 1px 0&amp;quot; | Description&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| width=&amp;quot;15%&amp;quot; style=&amp;quot;border-style: solid; border-color: grey; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0&amp;quot; |&lt;br /&gt;
'''OK'''&lt;br /&gt;
| width=&amp;quot;5%&amp;quot; style=&amp;quot;text-align:center; border-style: solid; border-color: grey; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0&amp;quot; |&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:MSM-Check-Green-Small.png|link=]]&lt;br /&gt;
| width=&amp;quot;80%&amp;quot; style=&amp;quot;border-style: solid; border-color: grey; border-width: 0 0 1px 0&amp;quot; |&lt;br /&gt;
The export of this element ran successfully.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| width=&amp;quot;15%&amp;quot; style=&amp;quot;border-style: solid; border-color: grey; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0&amp;quot; |&lt;br /&gt;
'''OK'''&lt;br /&gt;
| width=&amp;quot;5%&amp;quot; style=&amp;quot;text-align:center; border-style: solid; border-color: grey; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0&amp;quot; |&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:MSM-Check-Blue-Small.png|link=]]&lt;br /&gt;
| width=&amp;quot;80%&amp;quot; style=&amp;quot;border-style: solid; border-color: grey; border-width: 0 0 1px 0&amp;quot; |&lt;br /&gt;
The export of this element ran successfully, but there was nothing to export.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| width=&amp;quot;15%&amp;quot; style=&amp;quot;border-style: solid; border-color: grey; border-width: 0 1px 0 0&amp;quot; |&lt;br /&gt;
'''Not OK'''&lt;br /&gt;
| width=&amp;quot;5%&amp;quot; style=&amp;quot;text-align:center; border-style: solid; border-color: grey; border-width: 0 1px 0 0&amp;quot; |&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:MSM-Cancel-Small.png‎|link=]]&lt;br /&gt;
| width=&amp;quot;80%&amp;quot; style=&amp;quot;border-style: solid; border-color: grey; border-width: 0 0 0 0&amp;quot; |&lt;br /&gt;
The export of this element could not be executed successfully.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Once the export if validated and the directory is displayed on the user's computer, a series of MS Excel files is listed corresponding to the list of selected elements to be exported. The user/administrator may then open any of them for edition or review.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:MSM-Data-Export-Excel-1.png|center|link=]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable centre&amp;quot; width=&amp;quot;90%&amp;quot; style=&amp;quot;border-collapse: separate; border-spacing: 0; border-width: 1px; border-style: solid; border-color: grey;&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
! scope=col style=&amp;quot;border-style: solid; border-color: grey; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0&amp;quot; | Highlight&lt;br /&gt;
! scope=col style=&amp;quot;border-style: solid; border-color: grey; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0&amp;quot; | Color&lt;br /&gt;
! scope=col style=&amp;quot;border-style: solid; border-color: grey; border-width: 0 0 1px 0&amp;quot; | Description&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| width=&amp;quot;15%&amp;quot; style=&amp;quot;border-style: solid; border-color: grey; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0&amp;quot; |&lt;br /&gt;
'''Yellow'''&lt;br /&gt;
| width=&amp;quot;5%&amp;quot; style=&amp;quot;text-align:center; border-style: solid; border-color: grey; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0&amp;quot; |&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:MSM-Yellow.png|link=]]&lt;br /&gt;
| width=&amp;quot;80%&amp;quot; style=&amp;quot;border-style: solid; border-color: grey; border-width: 0 0 1px 0&amp;quot; |&lt;br /&gt;
The export of this element ran successfully.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| width=&amp;quot;15%&amp;quot; style=&amp;quot;border-style: solid; border-color: grey; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0&amp;quot; |&lt;br /&gt;
'''Orange'''&lt;br /&gt;
| width=&amp;quot;5%&amp;quot; style=&amp;quot;text-align:center; border-style: solid; border-color: grey; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0&amp;quot; |&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:MSM-Orange.png|link=]]&lt;br /&gt;
| width=&amp;quot;80%&amp;quot; style=&amp;quot;border-style: solid; border-color: grey; border-width: 0 0 1px 0&amp;quot; |&lt;br /&gt;
The export of this element ran successfully, but there was nothing to export.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| width=&amp;quot;15%&amp;quot; style=&amp;quot;border-style: solid; border-color: grey; border-width: 0 1px 0 0&amp;quot; |&lt;br /&gt;
'''Blue'''&lt;br /&gt;
| width=&amp;quot;5%&amp;quot; style=&amp;quot;text-align:center; border-style: solid; border-color: grey; border-width: 0 1px 0 0&amp;quot; |&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:MSM-Blue.png|link=]]&lt;br /&gt;
| width=&amp;quot;80%&amp;quot; style=&amp;quot;border-style: solid; border-color: grey; border-width: 0 0 0 0&amp;quot; |&lt;br /&gt;
The export of this element could not be executed successfully.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:MSM-Data-Export-Excel-2.png|center|link=]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Import ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Modeling ==&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Patrick</name></author>	</entry>

	<entry>
		<id>http://www.xpert-technologies.ch/mediawikidev/index.php?title=File:MSM-Blue.png</id>
		<title>File:MSM-Blue.png</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="http://www.xpert-technologies.ch/mediawikidev/index.php?title=File:MSM-Blue.png"/>
				<updated>2013-11-12T08:49:45Z</updated>
		
		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Patrick: &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Patrick</name></author>	</entry>

	<entry>
		<id>http://www.xpert-technologies.ch/mediawikidev/index.php?title=File:MSM-Orange.png</id>
		<title>File:MSM-Orange.png</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="http://www.xpert-technologies.ch/mediawikidev/index.php?title=File:MSM-Orange.png"/>
				<updated>2013-11-12T08:49:26Z</updated>
		
		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Patrick: &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Patrick</name></author>	</entry>

	<entry>
		<id>http://www.xpert-technologies.ch/mediawikidev/index.php?title=File:MSM-Yellow.png</id>
		<title>File:MSM-Yellow.png</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="http://www.xpert-technologies.ch/mediawikidev/index.php?title=File:MSM-Yellow.png"/>
				<updated>2013-11-12T08:48:55Z</updated>
		
		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Patrick: &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Patrick</name></author>	</entry>

	<entry>
		<id>http://www.xpert-technologies.ch/mediawikidev/index.php?title=Metis_Smart_Modeling_-_Data</id>
		<title>Metis Smart Modeling - Data</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="http://www.xpert-technologies.ch/mediawikidev/index.php?title=Metis_Smart_Modeling_-_Data"/>
				<updated>2013-11-12T08:46:05Z</updated>
		
		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Patrick: /* Translations */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;The Metis Smart Modeling '''Data''' button allows the user to easily import and export data to and from Metis Smart Modeling. It is especially useful when creating for example multiple positions or systems, translating descriptions or working in teams.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:MSM-Data.png|center]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Translations ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:MSM-Data-Translation-Export.png|center|link=]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
validated using the [[File:MetisSmartModelingOKButton.PNG|link=]] button at the bottom of the window. This will display an MS Windows explorer window in order fro the user/administrator to select where Metis Smart Modeling should create the excel file including all the text elements selected. Once the application has processed the requested export of data, it displays a small confirmation window.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:MSM-Data-Translation-Export-OK.png|center|link=]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
It also displays a summary of the export selection with check-mark representing the status of the export. All &amp;quot;sections&amp;quot; are expanded and there individual status is displayed. See below for the meaning of the various icons.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:MSM-Data-Translation-Export-Valid.png|center|link=]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable centre&amp;quot; width=&amp;quot;90%&amp;quot; style=&amp;quot;border-collapse: separate; border-spacing: 0; border-width: 1px; border-style: solid; border-color: grey;&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
! scope=col style=&amp;quot;border-style: solid; border-color: grey; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0&amp;quot; | Result&lt;br /&gt;
! scope=col style=&amp;quot;border-style: solid; border-color: grey; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0&amp;quot; | Icon&lt;br /&gt;
! scope=col style=&amp;quot;border-style: solid; border-color: grey; border-width: 0 0 1px 0&amp;quot; | Description&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| width=&amp;quot;15%&amp;quot; style=&amp;quot;border-style: solid; border-color: grey; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0&amp;quot; |&lt;br /&gt;
'''OK'''&lt;br /&gt;
| width=&amp;quot;5%&amp;quot; style=&amp;quot;text-align:center; border-style: solid; border-color: grey; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0&amp;quot; |&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:MSM-Check-Green-Small.png|link=]]&lt;br /&gt;
| width=&amp;quot;80%&amp;quot; style=&amp;quot;border-style: solid; border-color: grey; border-width: 0 0 1px 0&amp;quot; |&lt;br /&gt;
The export of this element ran successfully.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| width=&amp;quot;15%&amp;quot; style=&amp;quot;border-style: solid; border-color: grey; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0&amp;quot; |&lt;br /&gt;
'''OK'''&lt;br /&gt;
| width=&amp;quot;5%&amp;quot; style=&amp;quot;text-align:center; border-style: solid; border-color: grey; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0&amp;quot; |&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:MSM-Check-Blue-Small.png|link=]]&lt;br /&gt;
| width=&amp;quot;80%&amp;quot; style=&amp;quot;border-style: solid; border-color: grey; border-width: 0 0 1px 0&amp;quot; |&lt;br /&gt;
The export of this element ran successfully, but there was nothing to export.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| width=&amp;quot;15%&amp;quot; style=&amp;quot;border-style: solid; border-color: grey; border-width: 0 1px 0 0&amp;quot; |&lt;br /&gt;
'''Not OK'''&lt;br /&gt;
| width=&amp;quot;5%&amp;quot; style=&amp;quot;text-align:center; border-style: solid; border-color: grey; border-width: 0 1px 0 0&amp;quot; |&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:MSM-Cancel-Small.png‎|link=]]&lt;br /&gt;
| width=&amp;quot;80%&amp;quot; style=&amp;quot;border-style: solid; border-color: grey; border-width: 0 0 0 0&amp;quot; |&lt;br /&gt;
The export of this element could not be executed successfully.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Once the export if validated and the directory is displayed on the user's computer, a series of MS Excel files is listed corresponding to the list of selected elements to be exported. The user/administrator may then open any of them for edition or review.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:MSM-Data-Export-Excel-1.png|center|link=]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:MSM-Data-Export-Excel-2.png|center|link=]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Import ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Modeling ==&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Patrick</name></author>	</entry>

	<entry>
		<id>http://www.xpert-technologies.ch/mediawikidev/index.php?title=File:MSM-Data-Export-Excel-2.png</id>
		<title>File:MSM-Data-Export-Excel-2.png</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="http://www.xpert-technologies.ch/mediawikidev/index.php?title=File:MSM-Data-Export-Excel-2.png"/>
				<updated>2013-11-12T08:45:53Z</updated>
		
		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Patrick: &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Patrick</name></author>	</entry>

	<entry>
		<id>http://www.xpert-technologies.ch/mediawikidev/index.php?title=File:MSM-Data-Export-Excel-1.png</id>
		<title>File:MSM-Data-Export-Excel-1.png</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="http://www.xpert-technologies.ch/mediawikidev/index.php?title=File:MSM-Data-Export-Excel-1.png"/>
				<updated>2013-11-12T08:42:45Z</updated>
		
		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Patrick: &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Patrick</name></author>	</entry>

	<entry>
		<id>http://www.xpert-technologies.ch/mediawikidev/index.php?title=Metis_Smart_Modeling_-_Data</id>
		<title>Metis Smart Modeling - Data</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="http://www.xpert-technologies.ch/mediawikidev/index.php?title=Metis_Smart_Modeling_-_Data"/>
				<updated>2013-11-12T08:39:38Z</updated>
		
		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Patrick: /* Translations */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;The Metis Smart Modeling '''Data''' button allows the user to easily import and export data to and from Metis Smart Modeling. It is especially useful when creating for example multiple positions or systems, translating descriptions or working in teams.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:MSM-Data.png|center]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Translations ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:MSM-Data-Translation-Export.png|center|link=]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
validated using the [[File:MetisSmartModelingOKButton.PNG|link=]] button at the bottom of the window. This will display an MS Windows explorer window in order fro the user/administrator to select where Metis Smart Modeling should create the excel file including all the text elements selected. Once the application has processed the requested export of data, it displays a small confirmation window.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:MSM-Data-Translation-Export-OK.png|center|link=]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
It also displays a summary of the export selection with check-mark representing the status of the export. All &amp;quot;sections&amp;quot; are expanded and there individual status is displayed. See below for the meaning of the various icons.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:MSM-Data-Translation-Export-Valid.png|center|link=]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable centre&amp;quot; width=&amp;quot;90%&amp;quot; style=&amp;quot;border-collapse: separate; border-spacing: 0; border-width: 1px; border-style: solid; border-color: grey;&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
! scope=col style=&amp;quot;border-style: solid; border-color: grey; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0&amp;quot; | Result&lt;br /&gt;
! scope=col style=&amp;quot;border-style: solid; border-color: grey; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0&amp;quot; | Icon&lt;br /&gt;
! scope=col style=&amp;quot;border-style: solid; border-color: grey; border-width: 0 0 1px 0&amp;quot; | Description&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| width=&amp;quot;15%&amp;quot; style=&amp;quot;border-style: solid; border-color: grey; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0&amp;quot; |&lt;br /&gt;
'''OK'''&lt;br /&gt;
| width=&amp;quot;5%&amp;quot; style=&amp;quot;text-align:center; border-style: solid; border-color: grey; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0&amp;quot; |&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:MSM-Check-Green-Small.png|link=]]&lt;br /&gt;
| width=&amp;quot;80%&amp;quot; style=&amp;quot;border-style: solid; border-color: grey; border-width: 0 0 1px 0&amp;quot; |&lt;br /&gt;
The export of this element ran successfully.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| width=&amp;quot;15%&amp;quot; style=&amp;quot;border-style: solid; border-color: grey; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0&amp;quot; |&lt;br /&gt;
'''OK'''&lt;br /&gt;
| width=&amp;quot;5%&amp;quot; style=&amp;quot;text-align:center; border-style: solid; border-color: grey; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0&amp;quot; |&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:MSM-Check-Blue-Small.png|link=]]&lt;br /&gt;
| width=&amp;quot;80%&amp;quot; style=&amp;quot;border-style: solid; border-color: grey; border-width: 0 0 1px 0&amp;quot; |&lt;br /&gt;
The export of this element ran successfully, but there was nothing to export.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| width=&amp;quot;15%&amp;quot; style=&amp;quot;border-style: solid; border-color: grey; border-width: 0 1px 0 0&amp;quot; |&lt;br /&gt;
'''Not OK'''&lt;br /&gt;
| width=&amp;quot;5%&amp;quot; style=&amp;quot;text-align:center; border-style: solid; border-color: grey; border-width: 0 1px 0 0&amp;quot; |&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:MSM-Cancel-Small.png‎|link=]]&lt;br /&gt;
| width=&amp;quot;80%&amp;quot; style=&amp;quot;border-style: solid; border-color: grey; border-width: 0 0 0 0&amp;quot; |&lt;br /&gt;
The export of this element could not be executed successfully.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Once the export if validated and the directory is displayed on the user's computer, a series of MS Excel files is listed corresponding to the list of selected elements to be exported. The user/administrator may then open any of them for edition or review.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Import ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Modeling ==&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Patrick</name></author>	</entry>

	<entry>
		<id>http://www.xpert-technologies.ch/mediawikidev/index.php?title=Metis_Smart_Modeling_-_Data</id>
		<title>Metis Smart Modeling - Data</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="http://www.xpert-technologies.ch/mediawikidev/index.php?title=Metis_Smart_Modeling_-_Data"/>
				<updated>2013-11-12T07:23:55Z</updated>
		
		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Patrick: /* Translations */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;The Metis Smart Modeling '''Data''' button allows the user to easily import and export data to and from Metis Smart Modeling. It is especially useful when creating for example multiple positions or systems, translating descriptions or working in teams.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:MSM-Data.png|center]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Translations ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:MSM-Data-Translation-Export.png|center]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
validated using the [[File:MetisSmartModelingOKButton.PNG|link=]] button at the bottom of the window. This will display an MS Windows explorer window in order fro the user/administrator to select where Metis Smart Modeling should create the excel file including all the text elements selected. Once the application has processed the requested export of data, it displays a small confirmation window.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:MSM-Data-Translation-Export-OK.png|center]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
It also displays a summary of the export selection with check-mark representing the status of the export. All &amp;quot;sections&amp;quot; are expanded and there individual status is displayed. See below for the meaning of the various icons.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:MSM-Data-Translation-Export-Valid.png|center]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable centre&amp;quot; width=&amp;quot;90%&amp;quot; style=&amp;quot;border-collapse: separate; border-spacing: 0; border-width: 1px; border-style: solid; border-color: grey;&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
! scope=col style=&amp;quot;border-style: solid; border-color: grey; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0&amp;quot; | Result&lt;br /&gt;
! scope=col style=&amp;quot;border-style: solid; border-color: grey; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0&amp;quot; | Icon&lt;br /&gt;
! scope=col style=&amp;quot;border-style: solid; border-color: grey; border-width: 0 0 1px 0&amp;quot; | Description&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| width=&amp;quot;15%&amp;quot; style=&amp;quot;border-style: solid; border-color: grey; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0&amp;quot; |&lt;br /&gt;
'''OK'''&lt;br /&gt;
| width=&amp;quot;5%&amp;quot; style=&amp;quot;text-align:center; border-style: solid; border-color: grey; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0&amp;quot; |&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:MSM-Check-Green-Small.png|link=]]&lt;br /&gt;
| width=&amp;quot;80%&amp;quot; style=&amp;quot;border-style: solid; border-color: grey; border-width: 0 0 1px 0&amp;quot; |&lt;br /&gt;
The export of this element ran successfully.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| width=&amp;quot;15%&amp;quot; style=&amp;quot;border-style: solid; border-color: grey; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0&amp;quot; |&lt;br /&gt;
'''OK'''&lt;br /&gt;
| width=&amp;quot;5%&amp;quot; style=&amp;quot;text-align:center; border-style: solid; border-color: grey; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0&amp;quot; |&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:MSM-Check-Blue-Small.png|link=]]&lt;br /&gt;
| width=&amp;quot;80%&amp;quot; style=&amp;quot;border-style: solid; border-color: grey; border-width: 0 0 1px 0&amp;quot; |&lt;br /&gt;
The export of this element ran successfully, but there was nothing to export.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| width=&amp;quot;15%&amp;quot; style=&amp;quot;border-style: solid; border-color: grey; border-width: 0 1px 0 0&amp;quot; |&lt;br /&gt;
'''Not OK'''&lt;br /&gt;
| width=&amp;quot;5%&amp;quot; style=&amp;quot;text-align:center; border-style: solid; border-color: grey; border-width: 0 1px 0 0&amp;quot; |&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:MSM-Cancel-Small.png‎|link=]]&lt;br /&gt;
| width=&amp;quot;80%&amp;quot; style=&amp;quot;border-style: solid; border-color: grey; border-width: 0 0 0 0&amp;quot; |&lt;br /&gt;
The export of this element could not be executed successfully.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Once the export if validated and the directory is displayed on the user's computer, a series of MS Excel files is listed corresponding to the list of selected elements to be exported. The user/administrator may then open any of them for edition or review.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Import ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Modeling ==&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Patrick</name></author>	</entry>

	<entry>
		<id>http://www.xpert-technologies.ch/mediawikidev/index.php?title=Metis_Smart_Modeling_-_Data</id>
		<title>Metis Smart Modeling - Data</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="http://www.xpert-technologies.ch/mediawikidev/index.php?title=Metis_Smart_Modeling_-_Data"/>
				<updated>2013-11-12T07:12:36Z</updated>
		
		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Patrick: /* Translations */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;The Metis Smart Modeling '''Data''' button allows the user to easily import and export data to and from Metis Smart Modeling. It is especially useful when creating for example multiple positions or systems, translating descriptions or working in teams.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:MSM-Data.png|center]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Translations ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:MSM-Data-Translation-Export.png|center]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
validated using the [[File:MetisSmartModelingOKButton.PNG|link=]] button at the bottom of the window. This will display an MS Windows explorer window in order fro the user/administrator to select where Metis Smart Modeling should create the excel file including all the text elements selected. Once the application has processed the requested export of data, it displays a small confirmation window.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:MSM-Data-Translation-Export-OK.png|center]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
It also displays a summary of the export selection with check-mark representing the status of the export.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:MSM-Data-Translation-Export-Valid.png|center]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable centre&amp;quot; width=&amp;quot;90%&amp;quot; style=&amp;quot;border-collapse: separate; border-spacing: 0; border-width: 1px; border-style: solid; border-color: grey;&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
! scope=col style=&amp;quot;border-style: solid; border-color: grey; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0&amp;quot; | Result&lt;br /&gt;
! scope=col style=&amp;quot;border-style: solid; border-color: grey; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0&amp;quot; | Icon&lt;br /&gt;
! scope=col style=&amp;quot;border-style: solid; border-color: grey; border-width: 0 0 1px 0&amp;quot; | Description&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| width=&amp;quot;15%&amp;quot; style=&amp;quot;border-style: solid; border-color: grey; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0&amp;quot; |&lt;br /&gt;
'''OK'''&lt;br /&gt;
| width=&amp;quot;5%&amp;quot; style=&amp;quot;text-align:center; border-style: solid; border-color: grey; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0&amp;quot; |&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:MSM-Check-Green-Small.png|link=]]&lt;br /&gt;
| width=&amp;quot;80%&amp;quot; style=&amp;quot;border-style: solid; border-color: grey; border-width: 0 0 1px 0&amp;quot; |&lt;br /&gt;
The export of this element ran successfully.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| width=&amp;quot;15%&amp;quot; style=&amp;quot;border-style: solid; border-color: grey; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0&amp;quot; |&lt;br /&gt;
'''OK'''&lt;br /&gt;
| width=&amp;quot;5%&amp;quot; style=&amp;quot;text-align:center; border-style: solid; border-color: grey; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0&amp;quot; |&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:MSM-Check-Blue-Small.png|link=]]&lt;br /&gt;
| width=&amp;quot;80%&amp;quot; style=&amp;quot;border-style: solid; border-color: grey; border-width: 0 0 1px 0&amp;quot; |&lt;br /&gt;
The export of this element ran successfully, but there was nothing to export.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| width=&amp;quot;15%&amp;quot; style=&amp;quot;border-style: solid; border-color: grey; border-width: 0 1px 0 0&amp;quot; |&lt;br /&gt;
'''Not OK'''&lt;br /&gt;
| width=&amp;quot;5%&amp;quot; style=&amp;quot;text-align:center; border-style: solid; border-color: grey; border-width: 0 1px 0 0&amp;quot; |&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:MSM-Cancel-Small.png‎|link=]]&lt;br /&gt;
| width=&amp;quot;80%&amp;quot; style=&amp;quot;border-style: solid; border-color: grey; border-width: 0 0 0 0&amp;quot; |&lt;br /&gt;
The export of this element could not be executed successfully.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Import ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Modeling ==&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Patrick</name></author>	</entry>

	<entry>
		<id>http://www.xpert-technologies.ch/mediawikidev/index.php?title=Metis_Smart_Modeling_-_Data</id>
		<title>Metis Smart Modeling - Data</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="http://www.xpert-technologies.ch/mediawikidev/index.php?title=Metis_Smart_Modeling_-_Data"/>
				<updated>2013-11-12T07:12:10Z</updated>
		
		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Patrick: /* Translations */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;The Metis Smart Modeling '''Data''' button allows the user to easily import and export data to and from Metis Smart Modeling. It is especially useful when creating for example multiple positions or systems, translating descriptions or working in teams.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:MSM-Data.png|center]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Translations ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:MSM-Data-Translation-Export.png|center]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
validated using the [[File:MetisSmartModelingOKButton.PNG|link=]] button at the bottom of the window. This will display an MS Windows explorer window in order fro the user/administrator to select where Metis Smart Modeling should create the excel file including all the text elements selected. Once the application has processed the requested export of data, it displays a small confirmation window.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:MSM-Data-Translation-Export-OK.png|center]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
It also displays a summary of the export selection with check-mark representing the status of the export.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:MSM-Data-Translation-Export-Valid.png|center]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable centre&amp;quot; width=&amp;quot;90%&amp;quot; style=&amp;quot;border-collapse: separate; border-spacing: 0; border-width: 1px; border-style: solid; border-color: grey;&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
! scope=col style=&amp;quot;border-style: solid; border-color: grey; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0&amp;quot; | Result&lt;br /&gt;
! scope=col style=&amp;quot;border-style: solid; border-color: grey; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0&amp;quot; | Icon&lt;br /&gt;
! scope=col style=&amp;quot;border-style: solid; border-color: grey; border-width: 0 0 1px 0&amp;quot; | Description&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| width=&amp;quot;15%&amp;quot; style=&amp;quot;border-style: solid; border-color: grey; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0&amp;quot; |&lt;br /&gt;
'''OK'''&lt;br /&gt;
| width=&amp;quot;5%&amp;quot; style=&amp;quot;text-align:center; border-style: solid; border-color: grey; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0&amp;quot; |&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:MSM-Check-Green-Small.png|link=]]&lt;br /&gt;
| width=&amp;quot;80%&amp;quot; style=&amp;quot;border-style: solid; border-color: grey; border-width: 0 0 1px 0&amp;quot; |&lt;br /&gt;
The export of this element ran successfully.&lt;br /&gt;
| width=&amp;quot;15%&amp;quot; style=&amp;quot;border-style: solid; border-color: grey; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0&amp;quot; |&lt;br /&gt;
'''OK'''&lt;br /&gt;
| width=&amp;quot;5%&amp;quot; style=&amp;quot;text-align:center; border-style: solid; border-color: grey; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0&amp;quot; |&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:MSM-Check-Blue-Small.png|link=]]&lt;br /&gt;
| width=&amp;quot;80%&amp;quot; style=&amp;quot;border-style: solid; border-color: grey; border-width: 0 0 1px 0&amp;quot; |&lt;br /&gt;
The export of this element ran successfully, but there was nothing to export.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| width=&amp;quot;15%&amp;quot; style=&amp;quot;border-style: solid; border-color: grey; border-width: 0 1px 0 0&amp;quot; |&lt;br /&gt;
'''Not OK'''&lt;br /&gt;
| width=&amp;quot;5%&amp;quot; style=&amp;quot;text-align:center; border-style: solid; border-color: grey; border-width: 0 1px 0 0&amp;quot; |&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:MSM-Cancel-Small.png‎|link=]]&lt;br /&gt;
| width=&amp;quot;80%&amp;quot; style=&amp;quot;border-style: solid; border-color: grey; border-width: 0 0 0 0&amp;quot; |&lt;br /&gt;
The export of this element could not be executed successfully.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Import ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Modeling ==&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Patrick</name></author>	</entry>

	<entry>
		<id>http://www.xpert-technologies.ch/mediawikidev/index.php?title=File:MSM-Cancel-Small.png</id>
		<title>File:MSM-Cancel-Small.png</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="http://www.xpert-technologies.ch/mediawikidev/index.php?title=File:MSM-Cancel-Small.png"/>
				<updated>2013-11-12T07:11:09Z</updated>
		
		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Patrick: &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Patrick</name></author>	</entry>

	<entry>
		<id>http://www.xpert-technologies.ch/mediawikidev/index.php?title=File:MSM-Check-Blue-Small.png</id>
		<title>File:MSM-Check-Blue-Small.png</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="http://www.xpert-technologies.ch/mediawikidev/index.php?title=File:MSM-Check-Blue-Small.png"/>
				<updated>2013-11-12T07:05:16Z</updated>
		
		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Patrick: &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Patrick</name></author>	</entry>

	<entry>
		<id>http://www.xpert-technologies.ch/mediawikidev/index.php?title=File:MSM-Check-Green-Small.png</id>
		<title>File:MSM-Check-Green-Small.png</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="http://www.xpert-technologies.ch/mediawikidev/index.php?title=File:MSM-Check-Green-Small.png"/>
				<updated>2013-11-12T07:02:36Z</updated>
		
		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Patrick: &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Patrick</name></author>	</entry>

	<entry>
		<id>http://www.xpert-technologies.ch/mediawikidev/index.php?title=File:MSM-Data-Translation-Export-Valid.png</id>
		<title>File:MSM-Data-Translation-Export-Valid.png</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="http://www.xpert-technologies.ch/mediawikidev/index.php?title=File:MSM-Data-Translation-Export-Valid.png"/>
				<updated>2013-11-12T07:00:58Z</updated>
		
		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Patrick: uploaded a new version of &amp;amp;quot;File:MSM-Data-Translation-Export-Valid.png&amp;amp;quot;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Patrick</name></author>	</entry>

	<entry>
		<id>http://www.xpert-technologies.ch/mediawikidev/index.php?title=File:MSM-Data-Translation-Export-Valid.png</id>
		<title>File:MSM-Data-Translation-Export-Valid.png</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="http://www.xpert-technologies.ch/mediawikidev/index.php?title=File:MSM-Data-Translation-Export-Valid.png"/>
				<updated>2013-11-12T06:56:35Z</updated>
		
		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Patrick: &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Patrick</name></author>	</entry>

	<entry>
		<id>http://www.xpert-technologies.ch/mediawikidev/index.php?title=File:MSM-Data-Translation-Export-OK.png</id>
		<title>File:MSM-Data-Translation-Export-OK.png</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="http://www.xpert-technologies.ch/mediawikidev/index.php?title=File:MSM-Data-Translation-Export-OK.png"/>
				<updated>2013-11-12T06:50:06Z</updated>
		
		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Patrick: &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Patrick</name></author>	</entry>

	<entry>
		<id>http://www.xpert-technologies.ch/mediawikidev/index.php?title=File:MSM-Data-Translation-Export.png</id>
		<title>File:MSM-Data-Translation-Export.png</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="http://www.xpert-technologies.ch/mediawikidev/index.php?title=File:MSM-Data-Translation-Export.png"/>
				<updated>2013-11-12T06:41:49Z</updated>
		
		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Patrick: &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Patrick</name></author>	</entry>

	<entry>
		<id>http://www.xpert-technologies.ch/mediawikidev/index.php?title=Description_of_the_Menu_Users</id>
		<title>Description of the Menu Users</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="http://www.xpert-technologies.ch/mediawikidev/index.php?title=Description_of_the_Menu_Users"/>
				<updated>2013-11-05T16:03:14Z</updated>
		
		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Patrick: /* Adding an Employee */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;In order for users to be able to access the Metis Smart Suite applications, the persons who will use them will need to be defined within Metis Smart Modeling. This done in the Users section of the application described below. In addition those users (employees) can be sorted into offices, sales groups and user groups. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Employees ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Under the mane employees, it should be clear that the concept is not only to define and list all users of the application but also to insert the persons who may have a relationship with  the business process handled by Metis Smart Suite. For example, Project leaders who will be in charge of setting up and creating their requirements the offered systems could be included in this list and thus also selected within Metis Smart Quotes when creating the offer. The administrator can manage the employees (users and end-users) of his/her version and his/her child versions as shown in the following example:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:MSM_Users_Employees.png|center|600x400px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The left hand part of the screen allows the administrator to filter the users per version. The version drop-down menu is populated with the current version as well as all children versions. To see the list of users of a specific version, select a version from the drop-down list then click on the ''Filter'' button. The table on the right shows the list of existing users for the desired version.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The table contains the following information:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* the first column may contain a '''padlock icon'''. If a padlock icon appears, this means that the user cannot be deleted and its properties cannot be edited. This also means that the user has been created by the parent version or imported from a Master Database. Therefore, in the case where the user has been created by the parent version, only an administrator of the parent version can edit its properties or delete the entry. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* '''Code''': displays the employee's ID&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* '''Last name''': displays the employee's last name&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* '''First name''': displays the employee's first name&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* '''Email''': displays the employee's email address&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{Note&lt;br /&gt;
| The &amp;quot;Code&amp;quot;, Last Name&amp;quot; and &amp;quot;First Name&amp;quot; columns are searchable. Their content can be sorted alphabetically.&lt;br /&gt;
}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{Warning&lt;br /&gt;
| When the administrator creates a version, he/she must define at least one user for the child version otherwise no users are able to log-in, administer and use the child version.&lt;br /&gt;
}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{Note&lt;br /&gt;
| By user, it is understood a Metis Smart Modeling and by End-User a Metis Smart Quotes user.&lt;br /&gt;
}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Adding an Employee ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To add an employee, the administrator must first pay attention to the [[Description_of_the_Menu_Versions_Versions|Version]] selected in the filter area. If the administrator has selected a version other than his/her version, the user is created in that specific version and will only be able to access this version.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
A click on the &amp;quot;Add&amp;quot; button [[File:MetisSmartModelingAddButton.PNG|link=]] the '''Employees''' creation window opens, it allows to define all related information.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:MSM_Users_Employees_Add.png|center|600x400px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In this window, the user data fields are displayed and consists of the following properties:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''MAIN'''&lt;br /&gt;
** '''Employee Code''': this code is an ID for the user. It must be unique. This field is mandatory to save the user. Enter a code then press on enter to save the entry. This field is limited to 20 characters. Uniqueness is enforce by Metis Smart Suite throughout the whole environment.&lt;br /&gt;
** '''Last Name''': this is the user's last name. This field is also mandatory to describe the user. Enter a last name then press on enter to save the entry. This field is limited to 40 characters.&lt;br /&gt;
** '''First Name''': this is the user's first name. Enter a first name then press on enter to save the entry. This field is limited to 40 characters.&lt;br /&gt;
** '''Language''': this is the user's application default '''[[Description_of_the_Menu_Versions_Languages|language]]'''. This parameter sets the language in which Metis' graphic user interface and its content are displayed by default to the user. A pop-up window contains the available languages defined for the version. Select a language then press enter to save the entry.&lt;br /&gt;
** '''Password''': this is the user's password. Enter a password then press enter to save the entry. The password is encrypted at input time and at display time. This field is limited to 20 characters&lt;br /&gt;
** '''Sales Group''': this is the sales group to which the user belongs to. A pop-up window containing authorized sales groups defined for the version (see the [[#Sales Groups| Sales Groups]] section below), select the appropriate  language then press enter to save the entry.&lt;br /&gt;
** '''User Role''': this is user's role in the organization in which Metis is deployed. A pop-up window containing authorized user roles defined for the version, select a user role then press enter to save the entry.&lt;br /&gt;
** '''Function''': this is the user's function within the organization.&lt;br /&gt;
** '''Nomad User''': this setting determines if the user is authorized to log into the Metis Smart Quotes child versions. Tick the check-box then press on enter to enable this privilege. Leave the check-box un-ticked to disable it.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''RIGHTS PROFILE'''&lt;br /&gt;
** '''Profile Group''': this is user's link to a '''[[Description_of_the_Sub-Menu_Profile_Groups|group of profiles]]'''. This determines the user's rights and setting on Metis Smart Suite Applications. A pop-up window contains the authorized profiles groups defined for the version. Select a profile group then press enter to save the entry.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''OFFICE'''&lt;br /&gt;
** '''Office''': this is the user's '''[[#Offices|office]]''' or sales outlet. A pop-up window containing authorized offices defined for the version, select an office then press enter to save the entry.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''COMPANY'''&lt;br /&gt;
** '''Company''': this is the user's company name.&lt;br /&gt;
** '''Department''': this is the user's department within the previously defined company.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''ADDRESS'''&lt;br /&gt;
** '''Street''': this is the user's street address&lt;br /&gt;
** '''Building''': this is the user's building name and/or number&lt;br /&gt;
** '''Zip Code''': this is the user's zip code&lt;br /&gt;
** '''City''': this is the user's city name&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* '''CONTACT'''&lt;br /&gt;
** '''Email''': this is the user's personal email address&lt;br /&gt;
** '''Fax''': this is the user's personal fax number&lt;br /&gt;
** '''Mobile''': this is the user's personal cellular phone number&lt;br /&gt;
** '''Tel''': this is the user's personal landline phone number&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{Note&lt;br /&gt;
| Address information can be similar to company information!&lt;br /&gt;
}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{Video&lt;br /&gt;
| &amp;lt;mediaplayer width='400' height='300' image='http://www.xpert-technologies.ch/mediawikidev/images/1/1d/VID_CreatingAUser.png'&amp;gt;File:Creating_a_user_OK.mp4‎&amp;lt;/mediaplayer&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
| Setting up a user in Metis Smart Modeling.&lt;br /&gt;
}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{Note&lt;br /&gt;
| In order to define to which application of the Metis Smart Suite the user has access he/she needs to be linked to the appropriate '''[[Description_of_the_Sub-Menu_Functionalities|functionality profile]]'''. This will provide rights to either Metis Smart Modeling, Metis Smart Quote or Metis Smart Monitoring; or a combination of those applications.&lt;br /&gt;
}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{Warning&lt;br /&gt;
| As it is only possible to log into Metis Smart Modeling once a user has been defined a the version, the creation of the first user of a version is done within the parent version. This means that the credentials used to log into the application cannot be edited.&lt;br /&gt;
}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{Note&lt;br /&gt;
| When creating a user and/or an end-user, the password is automatically set from the version, based on the default password. It can be changed when creating the user.&lt;br /&gt;
}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{Video&lt;br /&gt;
| &amp;lt;mediaplayer width='400' height='300' image='http://www.xpert-technologies.ch/mediawikidev/images/e/e0/VID_CreatingNomadUser.png'&amp;gt;File:Creating_a_nomad_user_OK.mp4&amp;lt;/mediaplayer&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
| Setting up a nomad User.&lt;br /&gt;
}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Deleting an Employee ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In the '''Employees''' sub-menu, the &amp;quot;Delete&amp;quot; button [[File:MetisSmartModelingDeleteButton.PNG|link=]] located above the main table allows the user/administrator to delete the selected User. Selecting one or more Users and clicking on it displays the following confirmation window.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:MSM Users Employees Delete_2.png|center]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Once the warning is confirmed, the selected ... is removed from Metis Smart Suite and deleted from the Metis Database.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{Note&lt;br /&gt;
| Remember that users with a padlock icon cannot be deleted. If the administrator tries to do so, the following message appears:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:MSM Users Employees Delete.png|center]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{Warning&lt;br /&gt;
| Once a user is deleted by the administrator in an online environment, he/she immediately looses the ability to log into the application. In an offline environment, an '''[[Description_of_the_Menu_Versions_Upadte|update]]''' is required.&lt;br /&gt;
}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Editing an Employee ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In the '''Employees''' sub-menu, the &amp;quot;Edit&amp;quot; button [[File:MetisSmartModelingEditButton.PNG|link=]] located above the main table allows the user/administrator to apply modifications to all properties related to the selected User. Selecting a User and clicking on it opens the '''User''' edition window where all related properties and information can be edited.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:MSM_Users_Employees_Edit.png|center|600x400px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For detailed descriptions of all information available in this window please refer to the section dedicated to the creation of a new User. Modifications applied to the selected User will only be saved once the User edition window is validated using the [[File:MetisSmartModelingOKButton.PNG|link=]] button at the bottom of the window. This will update the table displayed on the main screen. Using the &amp;quot;Cancel&amp;quot; [[File:MetisSmartModelingCancelButton.PNG|link=]] button discards all changes and closes the window.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If the administrator does not have the right to edit the properties of a user, he/she receives the following message when trying to edit one of the properties:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:MSM_Users_Employees_Edit_2.png|center]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{Note&lt;br /&gt;
| If the administrator has selected several users before clicking on the ''Edit'' button, the properties of the user that has been selected first are displayed.&lt;br /&gt;
}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Preview ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In the '''Employees''' sub-menu, the &amp;quot;Preview&amp;quot; button [[File:MetisSmartModelingPreviewButton.PNG|link=]] located above the main table/list allows the user/administrator to see all properties and information related to the selected User. Selecting a User from the  table/list and clicking on it opens the '''User''' preview window.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:MSM_Users_Employees_Preview.png|center|600x400px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For detailed descriptions of all information available in this window please refer to the section dedicated to the creation of a new User. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{Note&lt;br /&gt;
| Edition of the information and properties displayed herein is not possible. If modification are necessary, the edition function described above should be used.&lt;br /&gt;
}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Reset Password ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Within a version's functionality profile, a default password for this version can be defined. On the other hand, user specific passwords can be defined either from the User menu in Metis Smart Modeling or directly by the user within Metis Smart Quotes. Various reasons may require to reset a user's password. To do this, simply select the user and click on the &amp;quot;Reset Password&amp;quot; button. It will bring up a window to confirm reseting the password for the selected user.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:MSM_Users_Employees_Reset_Password.png|center]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Doing this will reset the user's password to the default one form the version in which the user is defined.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{Warning&lt;br /&gt;
| Once a user's password is reset by the administrator in an online environment, the change is immediate. In an offline environment, an update is required. &lt;br /&gt;
}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Offices ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The administrator can define various offices or sales outlets of his/her version and his/her children versions as shown in the example above. Those offices are used in Metis Smart Suite to group the employees and provide structured statistics. In sub-menu offices are added, edited and deleted. Offices are important when calculating regional statistics. Once an office has been created, it can then be linked to a user through the employees sub-menu by editing the '''[[Description_of_the_Menu_Users#Employees|user]]''' and selecting the corresponding office under the section titled '''Address'''.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:MSM_Users_Offices.png|center|600x400px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The left hand part of the screen allows the administrator to filter the offices per version. The version drop-down menu is populated with the current version as well as all the child versions. To see the list of offices of a specific version, select a version from the drop-down list. The table on the right shows the list of offices for the selected version.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The table displays the name of the various offices and sales outlets. The content can be sorted alphabetically.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Information defined in this menu is then made available in the Employee sub-menu for the setting the office to which the employee is linked.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Adding an Office ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Before creating a new Office, the user/administrator should first check the version selected in the filter area. The new Office will be created in the select version.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In the '''Offices''' sub-menu, the &amp;quot;Add&amp;quot; button [[File:MetisSmartModelingAddButton.PNG|link=]] located above the main list allows the user/administrator to create a new Office. When it is clicked, the '''Office''' creation window opens, it allows to define all related information.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:MSM_Users_Offices_Add.png|center|600x400px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{Note&lt;br /&gt;
| Mandatory fields are displayed in '''bold''' or with a red triangle in front of the field.&lt;br /&gt;
}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The office data displayed in this window consists of the following properties:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* '''MAIN'''&lt;br /&gt;
** '''Office Name''': designation of the office or of the sales outlet. This field is mandatory to save the office. Enter a designation then press on enter to save the entry. This field is limited to 30 characters.&lt;br /&gt;
** '''Main Language''': main language which will be defined for all employees linked to the office.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* '''COMPANY'''&lt;br /&gt;
** '''Company Name 1-4''': Office's company name, which can spread over 4 fields if required.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''ADDRESS'''&lt;br /&gt;
** '''Street''': Office's street address&lt;br /&gt;
** '''Zip Code''': Office's  zip code&lt;br /&gt;
** '''City''': Office's location information&lt;br /&gt;
** '''Building''': Office's building designation&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* '''CONTACT'''&lt;br /&gt;
** '''Main Tel''': Office's main phone number&lt;br /&gt;
** '''Main Fax''': Office's main fax number&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Once all related mandatory and optional information have been set, the new User can be saved by validating the '''Users''' window using the [[File:MetisSmartModelingOKButton.PNG|link=]] button at the bottom of the window.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Editing an Office ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In the '''Offices''' sub-menu, the &amp;quot;Edit&amp;quot; button [[File:MetisSmartModelingEditButton.PNG|link=]] located above the main list allows the user/administrator to apply modifications to all properties related to the selected Office. Selecting an office and clicking on it opens the '''Office''' edition window where all related properties and information can be edited.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:MSM_Users_Offices_Edit.png|center|600x400px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For detailed descriptions of all information available in this window please refer to the section dedicated to the creation of a new Office. Modifications applied to the selected ... will only be saved once the  ... edition window is validated using the [[File:MetisSmartModelingOKButton.PNG|link=]] button at the bottom of the window. This will update the table/list displayed on the main screen. Using the &amp;quot;Cancel&amp;quot; [[File:MetisSmartModelingCancelButton.PNG|link=]] button discards all changes and closes the window.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Deleting an Office ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In the '''Offices''' sub-menu, the &amp;quot;Delete&amp;quot; button [[File:MetisSmartModelingDeleteButton.PNG|link=]] located above the main list allows the user/administrator to delete the selected Office. Selecting an Office and clicking on it displays the following confirmation window.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:MSM_User_Offices_Delete.png|center]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Once the warning is confirmed, the selected ... is removed from Metis Smart Suite and deleted from the Metis Database.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{Note&lt;br /&gt;
| An office created by an administrator of the parent version for the current version can be deleted by an administrator of this child version.&lt;br /&gt;
}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Preview ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In the '''Offices''' sub-menu, the &amp;quot;Preview&amp;quot; button [[File:MetisSmartModelingPreviewButton.PNG|link=]] located above the main list allows the user/administrator to see all properties and information related to the selected Office. Selecting an Office from the  table/list and clicking on it opens the '''Office''' preview window.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:MSM_Users_Offices_Preview.png|center|600x400px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For detailed descriptions of all information available in this window please refer to the section dedicated to the creation of a new Office. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{Note&lt;br /&gt;
| Edition of the information and properties displayed herein is not possible. If modification are necessary, the edition function described above should be used.&lt;br /&gt;
}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Sales Groups ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The administrator can define the various sales groups to which the users and end-users can belong, as shown in the example below. Sales groups are important when calculating regional statistics. Once a sales group has been created, it can then be linked to a user through the [[Description_of_the_Menu_Users#Employees|employees]] sub-menu by editing the user and selecting the corresponding sales group under the section titled '''Main'''.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:MSM_Users_Sales_Groups.png|center|600x400px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The table displays the name of the various sales groups. The content of the table can be sorted alphabetically.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{Note&lt;br /&gt;
| The sales groups are visible to all versions. Special care should be taken when deleting a sales group from the list.&lt;br /&gt;
}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Information defined in this menu is then made available in the Employee sub-menu in order to link a user user to a sales group.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{Tip&lt;br /&gt;
| As Sales Groups are common to all versions, it is recommended to create only Sales groups which can be used within the whole Metis environment.&lt;br /&gt;
}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Adding a Sales Group ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In the '''Sales Group''' sub-menu, the &amp;quot;Add&amp;quot; button [[File:MetisSmartModelingAddButton.PNG|link=]] located above the main list allows the user/administrator to create a new Sales Group . When it is clicked, the '''Sales Group''' creation window opens, it allows to define all related information.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:MSM_Users_Sales_Groups_Add.png|center]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{Note&lt;br /&gt;
| Mandatory fields are displayed in '''bold''' or with a red triangle in front of the field.&lt;br /&gt;
}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The administrator has to type in the name of the sales group and validate the window to save the entry. This field is limited to 30 characters.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Once all related mandatory and optional information have been set, the new Sales Group can be saved by validating the '''Sales Group''' window using the [[File:MetisSmartModelingOKButton.PNG|link=]] button at the bottom of the window.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Editing a Sales Group ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In the '''Sales Group''' sub-menu, the &amp;quot;Edit&amp;quot; button [[File:MetisSmartModelingEditButton.PNG|link=]] located above the main list allows the user/administrator to apply modifications to all properties related to the selected Sales Group. Selecting a Sales Group and clicking on it opens the '''Sales Group''' edition window where all related properties and information can be edited.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:MSM_Users_Sales_Groups_Edit.png|center]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For detailed descriptions of all information available in this window please refer to the section dedicated to the creation of a new Sales Group . Modifications applied to the selected Sales Group will only be saved once the  Sales Group edition window is validated using the [[File:MetisSmartModelingOKButton.PNG|link=]] button at the bottom of the window. This will update the table/list displayed on the main screen. Using the &amp;quot;Cancel&amp;quot; [[File:MetisSmartModelingCancelButton.PNG|link=]] button discards all changes and closes the window.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Deleting a Sales Group ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In the '''Sales Group''' sub-menu, the &amp;quot;Delete&amp;quot; button [[File:MetisSmartModelingDeleteButton.PNG|link=]] located above the main list allows the user/administrator to delete the selected Sales Group . Selecting one or more Sales Group and clicking on it displays the following confirmation window.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:MSM_Users_Sales_Groups_Delete.png|center]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Once the warning is confirmed, the selected Sales Group is removed from Metis Smart Suite and deleted from the Metis Database.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== User Roles ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The administrator can define the various User Roles to which the users and end-users can be linked to, as shown in the example below. User Roles are important for sorting employees into task based groups. Those roles are then used in Metis Smart Quotes to list the different employees in appropriate drop-down lists or simple lists. Once a user role has been created, it can then be linked to an employee through the [[Description_of_the_Menu_Users#Employees|employees]] sub-menu by editing it and selecting the corresponding user role under the section titled '''Main'''.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:MSM_Users_User_Roles.png|center|600x400px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The table displays the name of the various User Roles. The content can be sorted by alphabetically and searched through using the left-hand side search functionality. It allows the user/administrator to find User Roles based on various criterion. The search is triggered by typing a keyword or only a letter in the fields above the &amp;quot;Search&amp;quot; button and then click on it. The results are then displayed below/in the main table/list. Selecting a line from the result list will automatically select the corresponding entry in the main table/list.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{Note&lt;br /&gt;
| User Roles are visible to all versions.&lt;br /&gt;
}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Adding User Roles ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In the '''User Roles''' sub-menu, the &amp;quot;Add&amp;quot; button [[File:MetisSmartModelingAddButton.PNG|link=]] located above the main list allows the user/administrator to create a new User Roles. When it is clicked, the '''User Roles''' creation window opens, it allows to define all related information.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:MSM_Users_User_Roles_Add.png|center|600x400px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{Note&lt;br /&gt;
| Mandatory fields are displayed in '''bold''' or with a red triangle in front of the field.&lt;br /&gt;
}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In order to define a User Role the following information needs to be provided:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* '''Code''' : abbreviation or ID which will be used to identifies the users by the their User role to be listed in specific lists.&lt;br /&gt;
* '''Sales''' : defines whether the User Role is related to Sales.&lt;br /&gt;
* '''Description''' :  user-friendly name for the User Roles being created. It can be provided in all available languages. Those fields are limited to 50 characters.&lt;br /&gt;
* '''Office''' : link to a defined Office for statistical purposes&lt;br /&gt;
* '''Sales Groups''' : link to a defined Sales Group for statistical purposes&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Once all related mandatory and optional information have been set, the new User Roles can be saved by validating the '''User Roles''' window using the [[File:MetisSmartModelingOKButton.PNG|link=]] button at the bottom of the window.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Editing User Roles ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In the '''User Roles''' sub-menu, the &amp;quot;Edit&amp;quot; button [[File:MetisSmartModelingEditButton.PNG|link=]] located above the main list allows the user/administrator to apply modifications to all properties related to the selected User Roles. Selecting a User Roles and clicking on it opens the '''User Roles''' edition window where all related properties and information can be edited.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:MSM_Users_User_Roles_Edit.png|center|600x400px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For detailed descriptions of all information available in this window please refer to the section dedicated to the creation of a new User Roles. Modifications applied to the selected User Roles will only be saved once the  User Roles edition window is validated using the [[File:MetisSmartModelingOKButton.PNG|link=]] button at the bottom of the window. This will update the table/list displayed on the main screen. Using the &amp;quot;Cancel&amp;quot; [[File:MetisSmartModelingCancelButton.PNG|link=]] button discards all changes and closes the window.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Deleting User Roles ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In the '''User Roles''' sub-menu, the &amp;quot;Delete&amp;quot; button [[File:MetisSmartModelingDeleteButton.PNG|link=]] located above the main list allows the user/administrator to delete the selected User Roles. Selecting one or more User Roles and clicking on it displays the following confirmation window.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:MSM_Users_Users_Roles_Delete.png|center]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Once the warning is confirmed, the selected User Roles is removed from Metis Smart Suite and deleted from the Metis Database.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Previewing User Roles ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In the '''User Roles''' sub-menu, the &amp;quot;Preview&amp;quot; button [[File:MetisSmartModelingPreviewButton.PNG|link=]] located above the main table/list allows the user/administrator to see all properties and information related to the selected User Roles. Selecting a User Roles from the  table/list and clicking on it opens the '''User Roles''' preview window.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:MSM_Users_User_Roles_Preview.png|center|600x400px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For detailed descriptions of all information available in this window please refer to the section dedicated to the creation of a new User Roles. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{Note&lt;br /&gt;
| Edition of the information and properties displayed herein is not possible. If modification are necessary, the edition function described above should be used.&lt;br /&gt;
}}&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Patrick</name></author>	</entry>

	<entry>
		<id>http://www.xpert-technologies.ch/mediawikidev/index.php?title=Description_of_the_Menu_Users</id>
		<title>Description of the Menu Users</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="http://www.xpert-technologies.ch/mediawikidev/index.php?title=Description_of_the_Menu_Users"/>
				<updated>2013-11-05T16:03:02Z</updated>
		
		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Patrick: /* Adding an Employee */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;In order for users to be able to access the Metis Smart Suite applications, the persons who will use them will need to be defined within Metis Smart Modeling. This done in the Users section of the application described below. In addition those users (employees) can be sorted into offices, sales groups and user groups. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Employees ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Under the mane employees, it should be clear that the concept is not only to define and list all users of the application but also to insert the persons who may have a relationship with  the business process handled by Metis Smart Suite. For example, Project leaders who will be in charge of setting up and creating their requirements the offered systems could be included in this list and thus also selected within Metis Smart Quotes when creating the offer. The administrator can manage the employees (users and end-users) of his/her version and his/her child versions as shown in the following example:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:MSM_Users_Employees.png|center|600x400px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The left hand part of the screen allows the administrator to filter the users per version. The version drop-down menu is populated with the current version as well as all children versions. To see the list of users of a specific version, select a version from the drop-down list then click on the ''Filter'' button. The table on the right shows the list of existing users for the desired version.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The table contains the following information:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* the first column may contain a '''padlock icon'''. If a padlock icon appears, this means that the user cannot be deleted and its properties cannot be edited. This also means that the user has been created by the parent version or imported from a Master Database. Therefore, in the case where the user has been created by the parent version, only an administrator of the parent version can edit its properties or delete the entry. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* '''Code''': displays the employee's ID&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* '''Last name''': displays the employee's last name&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* '''First name''': displays the employee's first name&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* '''Email''': displays the employee's email address&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{Note&lt;br /&gt;
| The &amp;quot;Code&amp;quot;, Last Name&amp;quot; and &amp;quot;First Name&amp;quot; columns are searchable. Their content can be sorted alphabetically.&lt;br /&gt;
}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{Warning&lt;br /&gt;
| When the administrator creates a version, he/she must define at least one user for the child version otherwise no users are able to log-in, administer and use the child version.&lt;br /&gt;
}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{Note&lt;br /&gt;
| By user, it is understood a Metis Smart Modeling and by End-User a Metis Smart Quotes user.&lt;br /&gt;
}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Adding an Employee ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To add an employee, the administrator must first pay attention to the [[Description_of_the_Menu_Versions_Versions|Version]] selected in the filter area. If the administrator has selected a version other than his/her version, the user is created in that specific version and will only be able to access this version.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
A click on the &amp;quot;Add&amp;quot; button [[File:MetisSmartModelingAddButton.PNG|link=]] the '''Employees''' creation window opens, it allows to define all related information.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:MSM_Users_Employees_Add.png|center|600x400px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In this window, the user data fields are displayed and consists of the following properties:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''MAIN'''&lt;br /&gt;
** '''Employee Code''': this code is an ID for the user. It must be unique. This field is mandatory to save the user. Enter a code then press on enter to save the entry. This field is limited to 20 characters. Uniqueness is enforce by Metis Smart Suite throughout the whole environment.&lt;br /&gt;
** '''Last Name''': this is the user's last name. This field is also mandatory to describe the user. Enter a last name then press on enter to save the entry. This field is limited to 40 characters.&lt;br /&gt;
** '''First Name''': this is the user's first name. Enter a first name then press on enter to save the entry. This field is limited to 40 characters.&lt;br /&gt;
** '''Language''': this is the user's application default '''[[Description_of_the_Menu_Versions_Languages|language]]'''. This parameter sets the language in which Metis's graphic user interface and its content are displayed by default to the user. A pop-up window contains the available languages defined for the version. Select a language then press enter to save the entry.&lt;br /&gt;
** '''Password''': this is the user's password. Enter a password then press enter to save the entry. The password is encrypted at input time and at display time. This field is limited to 20 characters&lt;br /&gt;
** '''Sales Group''': this is the sales group to which the user belongs to. A pop-up window containing authorized sales groups defined for the version (see the [[#Sales Groups| Sales Groups]] section below), select the appropriate  language then press enter to save the entry.&lt;br /&gt;
** '''User Role''': this is user's role in the organization in which Metis is deployed. A pop-up window containing authorized user roles defined for the version, select a user role then press enter to save the entry.&lt;br /&gt;
** '''Function''': this is the user's function within the organization.&lt;br /&gt;
** '''Nomad User''': this setting determines if the user is authorized to log into the Metis Smart Quotes child versions. Tick the check-box then press on enter to enable this privilege. Leave the check-box un-ticked to disable it.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''RIGHTS PROFILE'''&lt;br /&gt;
** '''Profile Group''': this is user's link to a '''[[Description_of_the_Sub-Menu_Profile_Groups|group of profiles]]'''. This determines the user's rights and setting on Metis Smart Suite Applications. A pop-up window contains the authorized profiles groups defined for the version. Select a profile group then press enter to save the entry.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''OFFICE'''&lt;br /&gt;
** '''Office''': this is the user's '''[[#Offices|office]]''' or sales outlet. A pop-up window containing authorized offices defined for the version, select an office then press enter to save the entry.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''COMPANY'''&lt;br /&gt;
** '''Company''': this is the user's company name.&lt;br /&gt;
** '''Department''': this is the user's department within the previously defined company.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''ADDRESS'''&lt;br /&gt;
** '''Street''': this is the user's street address&lt;br /&gt;
** '''Building''': this is the user's building name and/or number&lt;br /&gt;
** '''Zip Code''': this is the user's zip code&lt;br /&gt;
** '''City''': this is the user's city name&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* '''CONTACT'''&lt;br /&gt;
** '''Email''': this is the user's personal email address&lt;br /&gt;
** '''Fax''': this is the user's personal fax number&lt;br /&gt;
** '''Mobile''': this is the user's personal cellular phone number&lt;br /&gt;
** '''Tel''': this is the user's personal landline phone number&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{Note&lt;br /&gt;
| Address information can be similar to company information!&lt;br /&gt;
}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{Video&lt;br /&gt;
| &amp;lt;mediaplayer width='400' height='300' image='http://www.xpert-technologies.ch/mediawikidev/images/1/1d/VID_CreatingAUser.png'&amp;gt;File:Creating_a_user_OK.mp4‎&amp;lt;/mediaplayer&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
| Setting up a user in Metis Smart Modeling.&lt;br /&gt;
}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{Note&lt;br /&gt;
| In order to define to which application of the Metis Smart Suite the user has access he/she needs to be linked to the appropriate '''[[Description_of_the_Sub-Menu_Functionalities|functionality profile]]'''. This will provide rights to either Metis Smart Modeling, Metis Smart Quote or Metis Smart Monitoring; or a combination of those applications.&lt;br /&gt;
}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{Warning&lt;br /&gt;
| As it is only possible to log into Metis Smart Modeling once a user has been defined a the version, the creation of the first user of a version is done within the parent version. This means that the credentials used to log into the application cannot be edited.&lt;br /&gt;
}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{Note&lt;br /&gt;
| When creating a user and/or an end-user, the password is automatically set from the version, based on the default password. It can be changed when creating the user.&lt;br /&gt;
}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{Video&lt;br /&gt;
| &amp;lt;mediaplayer width='400' height='300' image='http://www.xpert-technologies.ch/mediawikidev/images/e/e0/VID_CreatingNomadUser.png'&amp;gt;File:Creating_a_nomad_user_OK.mp4&amp;lt;/mediaplayer&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
| Setting up a nomad User.&lt;br /&gt;
}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Deleting an Employee ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In the '''Employees''' sub-menu, the &amp;quot;Delete&amp;quot; button [[File:MetisSmartModelingDeleteButton.PNG|link=]] located above the main table allows the user/administrator to delete the selected User. Selecting one or more Users and clicking on it displays the following confirmation window.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:MSM Users Employees Delete_2.png|center]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Once the warning is confirmed, the selected ... is removed from Metis Smart Suite and deleted from the Metis Database.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{Note&lt;br /&gt;
| Remember that users with a padlock icon cannot be deleted. If the administrator tries to do so, the following message appears:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:MSM Users Employees Delete.png|center]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{Warning&lt;br /&gt;
| Once a user is deleted by the administrator in an online environment, he/she immediately looses the ability to log into the application. In an offline environment, an '''[[Description_of_the_Menu_Versions_Upadte|update]]''' is required.&lt;br /&gt;
}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Editing an Employee ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In the '''Employees''' sub-menu, the &amp;quot;Edit&amp;quot; button [[File:MetisSmartModelingEditButton.PNG|link=]] located above the main table allows the user/administrator to apply modifications to all properties related to the selected User. Selecting a User and clicking on it opens the '''User''' edition window where all related properties and information can be edited.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:MSM_Users_Employees_Edit.png|center|600x400px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For detailed descriptions of all information available in this window please refer to the section dedicated to the creation of a new User. Modifications applied to the selected User will only be saved once the User edition window is validated using the [[File:MetisSmartModelingOKButton.PNG|link=]] button at the bottom of the window. This will update the table displayed on the main screen. Using the &amp;quot;Cancel&amp;quot; [[File:MetisSmartModelingCancelButton.PNG|link=]] button discards all changes and closes the window.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If the administrator does not have the right to edit the properties of a user, he/she receives the following message when trying to edit one of the properties:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:MSM_Users_Employees_Edit_2.png|center]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{Note&lt;br /&gt;
| If the administrator has selected several users before clicking on the ''Edit'' button, the properties of the user that has been selected first are displayed.&lt;br /&gt;
}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Preview ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In the '''Employees''' sub-menu, the &amp;quot;Preview&amp;quot; button [[File:MetisSmartModelingPreviewButton.PNG|link=]] located above the main table/list allows the user/administrator to see all properties and information related to the selected User. Selecting a User from the  table/list and clicking on it opens the '''User''' preview window.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:MSM_Users_Employees_Preview.png|center|600x400px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For detailed descriptions of all information available in this window please refer to the section dedicated to the creation of a new User. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{Note&lt;br /&gt;
| Edition of the information and properties displayed herein is not possible. If modification are necessary, the edition function described above should be used.&lt;br /&gt;
}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Reset Password ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Within a version's functionality profile, a default password for this version can be defined. On the other hand, user specific passwords can be defined either from the User menu in Metis Smart Modeling or directly by the user within Metis Smart Quotes. Various reasons may require to reset a user's password. To do this, simply select the user and click on the &amp;quot;Reset Password&amp;quot; button. It will bring up a window to confirm reseting the password for the selected user.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:MSM_Users_Employees_Reset_Password.png|center]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Doing this will reset the user's password to the default one form the version in which the user is defined.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{Warning&lt;br /&gt;
| Once a user's password is reset by the administrator in an online environment, the change is immediate. In an offline environment, an update is required. &lt;br /&gt;
}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Offices ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The administrator can define various offices or sales outlets of his/her version and his/her children versions as shown in the example above. Those offices are used in Metis Smart Suite to group the employees and provide structured statistics. In sub-menu offices are added, edited and deleted. Offices are important when calculating regional statistics. Once an office has been created, it can then be linked to a user through the employees sub-menu by editing the '''[[Description_of_the_Menu_Users#Employees|user]]''' and selecting the corresponding office under the section titled '''Address'''.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:MSM_Users_Offices.png|center|600x400px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The left hand part of the screen allows the administrator to filter the offices per version. The version drop-down menu is populated with the current version as well as all the child versions. To see the list of offices of a specific version, select a version from the drop-down list. The table on the right shows the list of offices for the selected version.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The table displays the name of the various offices and sales outlets. The content can be sorted alphabetically.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Information defined in this menu is then made available in the Employee sub-menu for the setting the office to which the employee is linked.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Adding an Office ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Before creating a new Office, the user/administrator should first check the version selected in the filter area. The new Office will be created in the select version.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In the '''Offices''' sub-menu, the &amp;quot;Add&amp;quot; button [[File:MetisSmartModelingAddButton.PNG|link=]] located above the main list allows the user/administrator to create a new Office. When it is clicked, the '''Office''' creation window opens, it allows to define all related information.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:MSM_Users_Offices_Add.png|center|600x400px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{Note&lt;br /&gt;
| Mandatory fields are displayed in '''bold''' or with a red triangle in front of the field.&lt;br /&gt;
}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The office data displayed in this window consists of the following properties:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* '''MAIN'''&lt;br /&gt;
** '''Office Name''': designation of the office or of the sales outlet. This field is mandatory to save the office. Enter a designation then press on enter to save the entry. This field is limited to 30 characters.&lt;br /&gt;
** '''Main Language''': main language which will be defined for all employees linked to the office.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* '''COMPANY'''&lt;br /&gt;
** '''Company Name 1-4''': Office's company name, which can spread over 4 fields if required.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''ADDRESS'''&lt;br /&gt;
** '''Street''': Office's street address&lt;br /&gt;
** '''Zip Code''': Office's  zip code&lt;br /&gt;
** '''City''': Office's location information&lt;br /&gt;
** '''Building''': Office's building designation&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* '''CONTACT'''&lt;br /&gt;
** '''Main Tel''': Office's main phone number&lt;br /&gt;
** '''Main Fax''': Office's main fax number&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Once all related mandatory and optional information have been set, the new User can be saved by validating the '''Users''' window using the [[File:MetisSmartModelingOKButton.PNG|link=]] button at the bottom of the window.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Editing an Office ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In the '''Offices''' sub-menu, the &amp;quot;Edit&amp;quot; button [[File:MetisSmartModelingEditButton.PNG|link=]] located above the main list allows the user/administrator to apply modifications to all properties related to the selected Office. Selecting an office and clicking on it opens the '''Office''' edition window where all related properties and information can be edited.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:MSM_Users_Offices_Edit.png|center|600x400px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For detailed descriptions of all information available in this window please refer to the section dedicated to the creation of a new Office. Modifications applied to the selected ... will only be saved once the  ... edition window is validated using the [[File:MetisSmartModelingOKButton.PNG|link=]] button at the bottom of the window. This will update the table/list displayed on the main screen. Using the &amp;quot;Cancel&amp;quot; [[File:MetisSmartModelingCancelButton.PNG|link=]] button discards all changes and closes the window.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Deleting an Office ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In the '''Offices''' sub-menu, the &amp;quot;Delete&amp;quot; button [[File:MetisSmartModelingDeleteButton.PNG|link=]] located above the main list allows the user/administrator to delete the selected Office. Selecting an Office and clicking on it displays the following confirmation window.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:MSM_User_Offices_Delete.png|center]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Once the warning is confirmed, the selected ... is removed from Metis Smart Suite and deleted from the Metis Database.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{Note&lt;br /&gt;
| An office created by an administrator of the parent version for the current version can be deleted by an administrator of this child version.&lt;br /&gt;
}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Preview ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In the '''Offices''' sub-menu, the &amp;quot;Preview&amp;quot; button [[File:MetisSmartModelingPreviewButton.PNG|link=]] located above the main list allows the user/administrator to see all properties and information related to the selected Office. Selecting an Office from the  table/list and clicking on it opens the '''Office''' preview window.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:MSM_Users_Offices_Preview.png|center|600x400px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For detailed descriptions of all information available in this window please refer to the section dedicated to the creation of a new Office. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{Note&lt;br /&gt;
| Edition of the information and properties displayed herein is not possible. If modification are necessary, the edition function described above should be used.&lt;br /&gt;
}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Sales Groups ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The administrator can define the various sales groups to which the users and end-users can belong, as shown in the example below. Sales groups are important when calculating regional statistics. Once a sales group has been created, it can then be linked to a user through the [[Description_of_the_Menu_Users#Employees|employees]] sub-menu by editing the user and selecting the corresponding sales group under the section titled '''Main'''.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:MSM_Users_Sales_Groups.png|center|600x400px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The table displays the name of the various sales groups. The content of the table can be sorted alphabetically.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{Note&lt;br /&gt;
| The sales groups are visible to all versions. Special care should be taken when deleting a sales group from the list.&lt;br /&gt;
}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Information defined in this menu is then made available in the Employee sub-menu in order to link a user user to a sales group.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{Tip&lt;br /&gt;
| As Sales Groups are common to all versions, it is recommended to create only Sales groups which can be used within the whole Metis environment.&lt;br /&gt;
}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Adding a Sales Group ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In the '''Sales Group''' sub-menu, the &amp;quot;Add&amp;quot; button [[File:MetisSmartModelingAddButton.PNG|link=]] located above the main list allows the user/administrator to create a new Sales Group . When it is clicked, the '''Sales Group''' creation window opens, it allows to define all related information.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:MSM_Users_Sales_Groups_Add.png|center]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{Note&lt;br /&gt;
| Mandatory fields are displayed in '''bold''' or with a red triangle in front of the field.&lt;br /&gt;
}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The administrator has to type in the name of the sales group and validate the window to save the entry. This field is limited to 30 characters.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Once all related mandatory and optional information have been set, the new Sales Group can be saved by validating the '''Sales Group''' window using the [[File:MetisSmartModelingOKButton.PNG|link=]] button at the bottom of the window.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Editing a Sales Group ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In the '''Sales Group''' sub-menu, the &amp;quot;Edit&amp;quot; button [[File:MetisSmartModelingEditButton.PNG|link=]] located above the main list allows the user/administrator to apply modifications to all properties related to the selected Sales Group. Selecting a Sales Group and clicking on it opens the '''Sales Group''' edition window where all related properties and information can be edited.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:MSM_Users_Sales_Groups_Edit.png|center]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For detailed descriptions of all information available in this window please refer to the section dedicated to the creation of a new Sales Group . Modifications applied to the selected Sales Group will only be saved once the  Sales Group edition window is validated using the [[File:MetisSmartModelingOKButton.PNG|link=]] button at the bottom of the window. This will update the table/list displayed on the main screen. Using the &amp;quot;Cancel&amp;quot; [[File:MetisSmartModelingCancelButton.PNG|link=]] button discards all changes and closes the window.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Deleting a Sales Group ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In the '''Sales Group''' sub-menu, the &amp;quot;Delete&amp;quot; button [[File:MetisSmartModelingDeleteButton.PNG|link=]] located above the main list allows the user/administrator to delete the selected Sales Group . Selecting one or more Sales Group and clicking on it displays the following confirmation window.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:MSM_Users_Sales_Groups_Delete.png|center]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Once the warning is confirmed, the selected Sales Group is removed from Metis Smart Suite and deleted from the Metis Database.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== User Roles ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The administrator can define the various User Roles to which the users and end-users can be linked to, as shown in the example below. User Roles are important for sorting employees into task based groups. Those roles are then used in Metis Smart Quotes to list the different employees in appropriate drop-down lists or simple lists. Once a user role has been created, it can then be linked to an employee through the [[Description_of_the_Menu_Users#Employees|employees]] sub-menu by editing it and selecting the corresponding user role under the section titled '''Main'''.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:MSM_Users_User_Roles.png|center|600x400px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The table displays the name of the various User Roles. The content can be sorted by alphabetically and searched through using the left-hand side search functionality. It allows the user/administrator to find User Roles based on various criterion. The search is triggered by typing a keyword or only a letter in the fields above the &amp;quot;Search&amp;quot; button and then click on it. The results are then displayed below/in the main table/list. Selecting a line from the result list will automatically select the corresponding entry in the main table/list.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{Note&lt;br /&gt;
| User Roles are visible to all versions.&lt;br /&gt;
}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Adding User Roles ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In the '''User Roles''' sub-menu, the &amp;quot;Add&amp;quot; button [[File:MetisSmartModelingAddButton.PNG|link=]] located above the main list allows the user/administrator to create a new User Roles. When it is clicked, the '''User Roles''' creation window opens, it allows to define all related information.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:MSM_Users_User_Roles_Add.png|center|600x400px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{Note&lt;br /&gt;
| Mandatory fields are displayed in '''bold''' or with a red triangle in front of the field.&lt;br /&gt;
}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In order to define a User Role the following information needs to be provided:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* '''Code''' : abbreviation or ID which will be used to identifies the users by the their User role to be listed in specific lists.&lt;br /&gt;
* '''Sales''' : defines whether the User Role is related to Sales.&lt;br /&gt;
* '''Description''' :  user-friendly name for the User Roles being created. It can be provided in all available languages. Those fields are limited to 50 characters.&lt;br /&gt;
* '''Office''' : link to a defined Office for statistical purposes&lt;br /&gt;
* '''Sales Groups''' : link to a defined Sales Group for statistical purposes&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Once all related mandatory and optional information have been set, the new User Roles can be saved by validating the '''User Roles''' window using the [[File:MetisSmartModelingOKButton.PNG|link=]] button at the bottom of the window.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Editing User Roles ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In the '''User Roles''' sub-menu, the &amp;quot;Edit&amp;quot; button [[File:MetisSmartModelingEditButton.PNG|link=]] located above the main list allows the user/administrator to apply modifications to all properties related to the selected User Roles. Selecting a User Roles and clicking on it opens the '''User Roles''' edition window where all related properties and information can be edited.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:MSM_Users_User_Roles_Edit.png|center|600x400px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For detailed descriptions of all information available in this window please refer to the section dedicated to the creation of a new User Roles. Modifications applied to the selected User Roles will only be saved once the  User Roles edition window is validated using the [[File:MetisSmartModelingOKButton.PNG|link=]] button at the bottom of the window. This will update the table/list displayed on the main screen. Using the &amp;quot;Cancel&amp;quot; [[File:MetisSmartModelingCancelButton.PNG|link=]] button discards all changes and closes the window.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Deleting User Roles ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In the '''User Roles''' sub-menu, the &amp;quot;Delete&amp;quot; button [[File:MetisSmartModelingDeleteButton.PNG|link=]] located above the main list allows the user/administrator to delete the selected User Roles. Selecting one or more User Roles and clicking on it displays the following confirmation window.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:MSM_Users_Users_Roles_Delete.png|center]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Once the warning is confirmed, the selected User Roles is removed from Metis Smart Suite and deleted from the Metis Database.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Previewing User Roles ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In the '''User Roles''' sub-menu, the &amp;quot;Preview&amp;quot; button [[File:MetisSmartModelingPreviewButton.PNG|link=]] located above the main table/list allows the user/administrator to see all properties and information related to the selected User Roles. Selecting a User Roles from the  table/list and clicking on it opens the '''User Roles''' preview window.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:MSM_Users_User_Roles_Preview.png|center|600x400px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For detailed descriptions of all information available in this window please refer to the section dedicated to the creation of a new User Roles. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{Note&lt;br /&gt;
| Edition of the information and properties displayed herein is not possible. If modification are necessary, the edition function described above should be used.&lt;br /&gt;
}}&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Patrick</name></author>	</entry>

	<entry>
		<id>http://www.xpert-technologies.ch/mediawikidev/index.php?title=Description_of_the_Menu_Users</id>
		<title>Description of the Menu Users</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="http://www.xpert-technologies.ch/mediawikidev/index.php?title=Description_of_the_Menu_Users"/>
				<updated>2013-11-05T16:02:31Z</updated>
		
		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Patrick: /* Adding an Employee */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;In order for users to be able to access the Metis Smart Suite applications, the persons who will use them will need to be defined within Metis Smart Modeling. This done in the Users section of the application described below. In addition those users (employees) can be sorted into offices, sales groups and user groups. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Employees ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Under the mane employees, it should be clear that the concept is not only to define and list all users of the application but also to insert the persons who may have a relationship with  the business process handled by Metis Smart Suite. For example, Project leaders who will be in charge of setting up and creating their requirements the offered systems could be included in this list and thus also selected within Metis Smart Quotes when creating the offer. The administrator can manage the employees (users and end-users) of his/her version and his/her child versions as shown in the following example:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:MSM_Users_Employees.png|center|600x400px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The left hand part of the screen allows the administrator to filter the users per version. The version drop-down menu is populated with the current version as well as all children versions. To see the list of users of a specific version, select a version from the drop-down list then click on the ''Filter'' button. The table on the right shows the list of existing users for the desired version.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The table contains the following information:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* the first column may contain a '''padlock icon'''. If a padlock icon appears, this means that the user cannot be deleted and its properties cannot be edited. This also means that the user has been created by the parent version or imported from a Master Database. Therefore, in the case where the user has been created by the parent version, only an administrator of the parent version can edit its properties or delete the entry. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* '''Code''': displays the employee's ID&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* '''Last name''': displays the employee's last name&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* '''First name''': displays the employee's first name&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* '''Email''': displays the employee's email address&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{Note&lt;br /&gt;
| The &amp;quot;Code&amp;quot;, Last Name&amp;quot; and &amp;quot;First Name&amp;quot; columns are searchable. Their content can be sorted alphabetically.&lt;br /&gt;
}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{Warning&lt;br /&gt;
| When the administrator creates a version, he/she must define at least one user for the child version otherwise no users are able to log-in, administer and use the child version.&lt;br /&gt;
}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{Note&lt;br /&gt;
| By user, it is understood a Metis Smart Modeling and by End-User a Metis Smart Quotes user.&lt;br /&gt;
}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Adding an Employee ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To add an employee, the administrator must first pay attention to the [[Description_of_the_Menu_Versions_Versions|Version]] selected in the filter area. If the administrator has selected a version other than his/her version, the user is created in that specific version and will only be able to access this version.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
A click on the &amp;quot;Add&amp;quot; button [[File:MetisSmartModelingAddButton.PNG|link=]] the '''Employees''' creation window opens, it allows to define all related information.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:MSM_Users_Employees_Add.png|center|600x400px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In this window, the user data fields are displayed and consists of the following properties:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''MAIN'''&lt;br /&gt;
** '''Employee Code''': this code is an ID for the user. It must be unique. This field is mandatory to save the user. Enter a code then press on enter to save the entry. This field is limited to 20 characters. Uniqueness is enforce by Metis Smart Suite throughout the whole environment.&lt;br /&gt;
** '''Last Name''': this is the user's last name. This field is also mandatory to describe the user. Enter a last name then press on enter to save the entry. This field is limited to 40 characters.&lt;br /&gt;
** '''First Name''': this is the user's first name. Enter a first name then press on enter to save the entry. This field is limited to 40 characters.&lt;br /&gt;
** '''Language''': this is the user's application default '''[[Description_of_the_Menu_Versions_Languages|language]]'''. This parameter sets the language in which Metis's graphic user interface and its content are displayed by default to the user. A pop-up window contains the available languages defined for the version. Select a language then press enter to save the entry.&lt;br /&gt;
** '''Type''': this setting defines which type of user is being created. The drop-down list allows to select between : online, offline and offline connected '''[[Metis_Smart_Suite_-_Architecture|mode]]'''.&lt;br /&gt;
** '''Password''': this is the user's password. Enter a password then press enter to save the entry. The password is encrypted at input time and at display time. This field is limited to 20 characters&lt;br /&gt;
** '''Sales Group''': this is the sales group to which the user belongs to. A pop-up window containing authorized sales groups defined for the version (see the [[#Sales Groups| Sales Groups]] section below), select the appropriate  language then press enter to save the entry.&lt;br /&gt;
** '''User Role''': this is user's role in the organization in which Metis is deployed. A pop-up window containing authorized user roles defined for the version, select a user role then press enter to save the entry.&lt;br /&gt;
** '''Function''': this is the user's function within the organization.&lt;br /&gt;
** '''Nomad User''': this setting determines if the user is authorized to log into the Metis Smart Quotes child versions. Tick the check-box then press on enter to enable this privilege. Leave the check-box un-ticked to disable it.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''RIGHTS PROFILE'''&lt;br /&gt;
** '''Profile Group''': this is user's link to a '''[[Description_of_the_Sub-Menu_Profile_Groups|group of profiles]]'''. This determines the user's rights and setting on Metis Smart Suite Applications. A pop-up window contains the authorized profiles groups defined for the version. Select a profile group then press enter to save the entry.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''OFFICE'''&lt;br /&gt;
** '''Office''': this is the user's '''[[#Offices|office]]''' or sales outlet. A pop-up window containing authorized offices defined for the version, select an office then press enter to save the entry.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''COMPANY'''&lt;br /&gt;
** '''Company''': this is the user's company name.&lt;br /&gt;
** '''Department''': this is the user's department within the previously defined company.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''ADDRESS'''&lt;br /&gt;
** '''Street''': this is the user's street address&lt;br /&gt;
** '''Building''': this is the user's building name and/or number&lt;br /&gt;
** '''Zip Code''': this is the user's zip code&lt;br /&gt;
** '''City''': this is the user's city name&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* '''CONTACT'''&lt;br /&gt;
** '''Email''': this is the user's personal email address&lt;br /&gt;
** '''Fax''': this is the user's personal fax number&lt;br /&gt;
** '''Mobile''': this is the user's personal cellular phone number&lt;br /&gt;
** '''Tel''': this is the user's personal landline phone number&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{Note&lt;br /&gt;
| Address information can be similar to company information!&lt;br /&gt;
}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{Video&lt;br /&gt;
| &amp;lt;mediaplayer width='400' height='300' image='http://www.xpert-technologies.ch/mediawikidev/images/1/1d/VID_CreatingAUser.png'&amp;gt;File:Creating_a_user_OK.mp4‎&amp;lt;/mediaplayer&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
| Setting up a user in Metis Smart Modeling.&lt;br /&gt;
}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{Note&lt;br /&gt;
| In order to define to which application of the Metis Smart Suite the user has access he/she needs to be linked to the appropriate '''[[Description_of_the_Sub-Menu_Functionalities|functionality profile]]'''. This will provide rights to either Metis Smart Modeling, Metis Smart Quote or Metis Smart Monitoring; or a combination of those applications.&lt;br /&gt;
}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{Warning&lt;br /&gt;
| As it is only possible to log into Metis Smart Modeling once a user has been defined a the version, the creation of the first user of a version is done within the parent version. This means that the credentials used to log into the application cannot be edited.&lt;br /&gt;
}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{Note&lt;br /&gt;
| When creating a user and/or an end-user, the password is automatically set from the version, based on the default password. It can be changed when creating the user.&lt;br /&gt;
}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{Video&lt;br /&gt;
| &amp;lt;mediaplayer width='400' height='300' image='http://www.xpert-technologies.ch/mediawikidev/images/e/e0/VID_CreatingNomadUser.png'&amp;gt;File:Creating_a_nomad_user_OK.mp4&amp;lt;/mediaplayer&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
| Setting up a nomad User.&lt;br /&gt;
}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Deleting an Employee ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In the '''Employees''' sub-menu, the &amp;quot;Delete&amp;quot; button [[File:MetisSmartModelingDeleteButton.PNG|link=]] located above the main table allows the user/administrator to delete the selected User. Selecting one or more Users and clicking on it displays the following confirmation window.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:MSM Users Employees Delete_2.png|center]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Once the warning is confirmed, the selected ... is removed from Metis Smart Suite and deleted from the Metis Database.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{Note&lt;br /&gt;
| Remember that users with a padlock icon cannot be deleted. If the administrator tries to do so, the following message appears:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:MSM Users Employees Delete.png|center]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{Warning&lt;br /&gt;
| Once a user is deleted by the administrator in an online environment, he/she immediately looses the ability to log into the application. In an offline environment, an '''[[Description_of_the_Menu_Versions_Upadte|update]]''' is required.&lt;br /&gt;
}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Editing an Employee ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In the '''Employees''' sub-menu, the &amp;quot;Edit&amp;quot; button [[File:MetisSmartModelingEditButton.PNG|link=]] located above the main table allows the user/administrator to apply modifications to all properties related to the selected User. Selecting a User and clicking on it opens the '''User''' edition window where all related properties and information can be edited.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:MSM_Users_Employees_Edit.png|center|600x400px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For detailed descriptions of all information available in this window please refer to the section dedicated to the creation of a new User. Modifications applied to the selected User will only be saved once the User edition window is validated using the [[File:MetisSmartModelingOKButton.PNG|link=]] button at the bottom of the window. This will update the table displayed on the main screen. Using the &amp;quot;Cancel&amp;quot; [[File:MetisSmartModelingCancelButton.PNG|link=]] button discards all changes and closes the window.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If the administrator does not have the right to edit the properties of a user, he/she receives the following message when trying to edit one of the properties:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:MSM_Users_Employees_Edit_2.png|center]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{Note&lt;br /&gt;
| If the administrator has selected several users before clicking on the ''Edit'' button, the properties of the user that has been selected first are displayed.&lt;br /&gt;
}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Preview ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In the '''Employees''' sub-menu, the &amp;quot;Preview&amp;quot; button [[File:MetisSmartModelingPreviewButton.PNG|link=]] located above the main table/list allows the user/administrator to see all properties and information related to the selected User. Selecting a User from the  table/list and clicking on it opens the '''User''' preview window.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:MSM_Users_Employees_Preview.png|center|600x400px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For detailed descriptions of all information available in this window please refer to the section dedicated to the creation of a new User. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{Note&lt;br /&gt;
| Edition of the information and properties displayed herein is not possible. If modification are necessary, the edition function described above should be used.&lt;br /&gt;
}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Reset Password ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Within a version's functionality profile, a default password for this version can be defined. On the other hand, user specific passwords can be defined either from the User menu in Metis Smart Modeling or directly by the user within Metis Smart Quotes. Various reasons may require to reset a user's password. To do this, simply select the user and click on the &amp;quot;Reset Password&amp;quot; button. It will bring up a window to confirm reseting the password for the selected user.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:MSM_Users_Employees_Reset_Password.png|center]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Doing this will reset the user's password to the default one form the version in which the user is defined.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{Warning&lt;br /&gt;
| Once a user's password is reset by the administrator in an online environment, the change is immediate. In an offline environment, an update is required. &lt;br /&gt;
}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Offices ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The administrator can define various offices or sales outlets of his/her version and his/her children versions as shown in the example above. Those offices are used in Metis Smart Suite to group the employees and provide structured statistics. In sub-menu offices are added, edited and deleted. Offices are important when calculating regional statistics. Once an office has been created, it can then be linked to a user through the employees sub-menu by editing the '''[[Description_of_the_Menu_Users#Employees|user]]''' and selecting the corresponding office under the section titled '''Address'''.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:MSM_Users_Offices.png|center|600x400px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The left hand part of the screen allows the administrator to filter the offices per version. The version drop-down menu is populated with the current version as well as all the child versions. To see the list of offices of a specific version, select a version from the drop-down list. The table on the right shows the list of offices for the selected version.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The table displays the name of the various offices and sales outlets. The content can be sorted alphabetically.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Information defined in this menu is then made available in the Employee sub-menu for the setting the office to which the employee is linked.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Adding an Office ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Before creating a new Office, the user/administrator should first check the version selected in the filter area. The new Office will be created in the select version.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In the '''Offices''' sub-menu, the &amp;quot;Add&amp;quot; button [[File:MetisSmartModelingAddButton.PNG|link=]] located above the main list allows the user/administrator to create a new Office. When it is clicked, the '''Office''' creation window opens, it allows to define all related information.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:MSM_Users_Offices_Add.png|center|600x400px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{Note&lt;br /&gt;
| Mandatory fields are displayed in '''bold''' or with a red triangle in front of the field.&lt;br /&gt;
}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The office data displayed in this window consists of the following properties:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* '''MAIN'''&lt;br /&gt;
** '''Office Name''': designation of the office or of the sales outlet. This field is mandatory to save the office. Enter a designation then press on enter to save the entry. This field is limited to 30 characters.&lt;br /&gt;
** '''Main Language''': main language which will be defined for all employees linked to the office.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* '''COMPANY'''&lt;br /&gt;
** '''Company Name 1-4''': Office's company name, which can spread over 4 fields if required.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''ADDRESS'''&lt;br /&gt;
** '''Street''': Office's street address&lt;br /&gt;
** '''Zip Code''': Office's  zip code&lt;br /&gt;
** '''City''': Office's location information&lt;br /&gt;
** '''Building''': Office's building designation&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* '''CONTACT'''&lt;br /&gt;
** '''Main Tel''': Office's main phone number&lt;br /&gt;
** '''Main Fax''': Office's main fax number&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Once all related mandatory and optional information have been set, the new User can be saved by validating the '''Users''' window using the [[File:MetisSmartModelingOKButton.PNG|link=]] button at the bottom of the window.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Editing an Office ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In the '''Offices''' sub-menu, the &amp;quot;Edit&amp;quot; button [[File:MetisSmartModelingEditButton.PNG|link=]] located above the main list allows the user/administrator to apply modifications to all properties related to the selected Office. Selecting an office and clicking on it opens the '''Office''' edition window where all related properties and information can be edited.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:MSM_Users_Offices_Edit.png|center|600x400px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For detailed descriptions of all information available in this window please refer to the section dedicated to the creation of a new Office. Modifications applied to the selected ... will only be saved once the  ... edition window is validated using the [[File:MetisSmartModelingOKButton.PNG|link=]] button at the bottom of the window. This will update the table/list displayed on the main screen. Using the &amp;quot;Cancel&amp;quot; [[File:MetisSmartModelingCancelButton.PNG|link=]] button discards all changes and closes the window.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Deleting an Office ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In the '''Offices''' sub-menu, the &amp;quot;Delete&amp;quot; button [[File:MetisSmartModelingDeleteButton.PNG|link=]] located above the main list allows the user/administrator to delete the selected Office. Selecting an Office and clicking on it displays the following confirmation window.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:MSM_User_Offices_Delete.png|center]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Once the warning is confirmed, the selected ... is removed from Metis Smart Suite and deleted from the Metis Database.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{Note&lt;br /&gt;
| An office created by an administrator of the parent version for the current version can be deleted by an administrator of this child version.&lt;br /&gt;
}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Preview ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In the '''Offices''' sub-menu, the &amp;quot;Preview&amp;quot; button [[File:MetisSmartModelingPreviewButton.PNG|link=]] located above the main list allows the user/administrator to see all properties and information related to the selected Office. Selecting an Office from the  table/list and clicking on it opens the '''Office''' preview window.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:MSM_Users_Offices_Preview.png|center|600x400px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For detailed descriptions of all information available in this window please refer to the section dedicated to the creation of a new Office. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{Note&lt;br /&gt;
| Edition of the information and properties displayed herein is not possible. If modification are necessary, the edition function described above should be used.&lt;br /&gt;
}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Sales Groups ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The administrator can define the various sales groups to which the users and end-users can belong, as shown in the example below. Sales groups are important when calculating regional statistics. Once a sales group has been created, it can then be linked to a user through the [[Description_of_the_Menu_Users#Employees|employees]] sub-menu by editing the user and selecting the corresponding sales group under the section titled '''Main'''.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:MSM_Users_Sales_Groups.png|center|600x400px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The table displays the name of the various sales groups. The content of the table can be sorted alphabetically.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{Note&lt;br /&gt;
| The sales groups are visible to all versions. Special care should be taken when deleting a sales group from the list.&lt;br /&gt;
}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Information defined in this menu is then made available in the Employee sub-menu in order to link a user user to a sales group.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{Tip&lt;br /&gt;
| As Sales Groups are common to all versions, it is recommended to create only Sales groups which can be used within the whole Metis environment.&lt;br /&gt;
}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Adding a Sales Group ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In the '''Sales Group''' sub-menu, the &amp;quot;Add&amp;quot; button [[File:MetisSmartModelingAddButton.PNG|link=]] located above the main list allows the user/administrator to create a new Sales Group . When it is clicked, the '''Sales Group''' creation window opens, it allows to define all related information.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:MSM_Users_Sales_Groups_Add.png|center]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{Note&lt;br /&gt;
| Mandatory fields are displayed in '''bold''' or with a red triangle in front of the field.&lt;br /&gt;
}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The administrator has to type in the name of the sales group and validate the window to save the entry. This field is limited to 30 characters.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Once all related mandatory and optional information have been set, the new Sales Group can be saved by validating the '''Sales Group''' window using the [[File:MetisSmartModelingOKButton.PNG|link=]] button at the bottom of the window.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Editing a Sales Group ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In the '''Sales Group''' sub-menu, the &amp;quot;Edit&amp;quot; button [[File:MetisSmartModelingEditButton.PNG|link=]] located above the main list allows the user/administrator to apply modifications to all properties related to the selected Sales Group. Selecting a Sales Group and clicking on it opens the '''Sales Group''' edition window where all related properties and information can be edited.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:MSM_Users_Sales_Groups_Edit.png|center]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For detailed descriptions of all information available in this window please refer to the section dedicated to the creation of a new Sales Group . Modifications applied to the selected Sales Group will only be saved once the  Sales Group edition window is validated using the [[File:MetisSmartModelingOKButton.PNG|link=]] button at the bottom of the window. This will update the table/list displayed on the main screen. Using the &amp;quot;Cancel&amp;quot; [[File:MetisSmartModelingCancelButton.PNG|link=]] button discards all changes and closes the window.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Deleting a Sales Group ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In the '''Sales Group''' sub-menu, the &amp;quot;Delete&amp;quot; button [[File:MetisSmartModelingDeleteButton.PNG|link=]] located above the main list allows the user/administrator to delete the selected Sales Group . Selecting one or more Sales Group and clicking on it displays the following confirmation window.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:MSM_Users_Sales_Groups_Delete.png|center]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Once the warning is confirmed, the selected Sales Group is removed from Metis Smart Suite and deleted from the Metis Database.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== User Roles ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The administrator can define the various User Roles to which the users and end-users can be linked to, as shown in the example below. User Roles are important for sorting employees into task based groups. Those roles are then used in Metis Smart Quotes to list the different employees in appropriate drop-down lists or simple lists. Once a user role has been created, it can then be linked to an employee through the [[Description_of_the_Menu_Users#Employees|employees]] sub-menu by editing it and selecting the corresponding user role under the section titled '''Main'''.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:MSM_Users_User_Roles.png|center|600x400px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The table displays the name of the various User Roles. The content can be sorted by alphabetically and searched through using the left-hand side search functionality. It allows the user/administrator to find User Roles based on various criterion. The search is triggered by typing a keyword or only a letter in the fields above the &amp;quot;Search&amp;quot; button and then click on it. The results are then displayed below/in the main table/list. Selecting a line from the result list will automatically select the corresponding entry in the main table/list.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{Note&lt;br /&gt;
| User Roles are visible to all versions.&lt;br /&gt;
}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Adding User Roles ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In the '''User Roles''' sub-menu, the &amp;quot;Add&amp;quot; button [[File:MetisSmartModelingAddButton.PNG|link=]] located above the main list allows the user/administrator to create a new User Roles. When it is clicked, the '''User Roles''' creation window opens, it allows to define all related information.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:MSM_Users_User_Roles_Add.png|center|600x400px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{Note&lt;br /&gt;
| Mandatory fields are displayed in '''bold''' or with a red triangle in front of the field.&lt;br /&gt;
}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In order to define a User Role the following information needs to be provided:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* '''Code''' : abbreviation or ID which will be used to identifies the users by the their User role to be listed in specific lists.&lt;br /&gt;
* '''Sales''' : defines whether the User Role is related to Sales.&lt;br /&gt;
* '''Description''' :  user-friendly name for the User Roles being created. It can be provided in all available languages. Those fields are limited to 50 characters.&lt;br /&gt;
* '''Office''' : link to a defined Office for statistical purposes&lt;br /&gt;
* '''Sales Groups''' : link to a defined Sales Group for statistical purposes&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Once all related mandatory and optional information have been set, the new User Roles can be saved by validating the '''User Roles''' window using the [[File:MetisSmartModelingOKButton.PNG|link=]] button at the bottom of the window.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Editing User Roles ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In the '''User Roles''' sub-menu, the &amp;quot;Edit&amp;quot; button [[File:MetisSmartModelingEditButton.PNG|link=]] located above the main list allows the user/administrator to apply modifications to all properties related to the selected User Roles. Selecting a User Roles and clicking on it opens the '''User Roles''' edition window where all related properties and information can be edited.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:MSM_Users_User_Roles_Edit.png|center|600x400px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For detailed descriptions of all information available in this window please refer to the section dedicated to the creation of a new User Roles. Modifications applied to the selected User Roles will only be saved once the  User Roles edition window is validated using the [[File:MetisSmartModelingOKButton.PNG|link=]] button at the bottom of the window. This will update the table/list displayed on the main screen. Using the &amp;quot;Cancel&amp;quot; [[File:MetisSmartModelingCancelButton.PNG|link=]] button discards all changes and closes the window.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Deleting User Roles ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In the '''User Roles''' sub-menu, the &amp;quot;Delete&amp;quot; button [[File:MetisSmartModelingDeleteButton.PNG|link=]] located above the main list allows the user/administrator to delete the selected User Roles. Selecting one or more User Roles and clicking on it displays the following confirmation window.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:MSM_Users_Users_Roles_Delete.png|center]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Once the warning is confirmed, the selected User Roles is removed from Metis Smart Suite and deleted from the Metis Database.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Previewing User Roles ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In the '''User Roles''' sub-menu, the &amp;quot;Preview&amp;quot; button [[File:MetisSmartModelingPreviewButton.PNG|link=]] located above the main table/list allows the user/administrator to see all properties and information related to the selected User Roles. Selecting a User Roles from the  table/list and clicking on it opens the '''User Roles''' preview window.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:MSM_Users_User_Roles_Preview.png|center|600x400px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For detailed descriptions of all information available in this window please refer to the section dedicated to the creation of a new User Roles. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{Note&lt;br /&gt;
| Edition of the information and properties displayed herein is not possible. If modification are necessary, the edition function described above should be used.&lt;br /&gt;
}}&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Patrick</name></author>	</entry>

	<entry>
		<id>http://www.xpert-technologies.ch/mediawikidev/index.php?title=Description_of_the_Menu_Users</id>
		<title>Description of the Menu Users</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="http://www.xpert-technologies.ch/mediawikidev/index.php?title=Description_of_the_Menu_Users"/>
				<updated>2013-11-05T16:00:39Z</updated>
		
		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Patrick: /* Adding User Roles */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;In order for users to be able to access the Metis Smart Suite applications, the persons who will use them will need to be defined within Metis Smart Modeling. This done in the Users section of the application described below. In addition those users (employees) can be sorted into offices, sales groups and user groups. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Employees ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Under the mane employees, it should be clear that the concept is not only to define and list all users of the application but also to insert the persons who may have a relationship with  the business process handled by Metis Smart Suite. For example, Project leaders who will be in charge of setting up and creating their requirements the offered systems could be included in this list and thus also selected within Metis Smart Quotes when creating the offer. The administrator can manage the employees (users and end-users) of his/her version and his/her child versions as shown in the following example:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:MSM_Users_Employees.png|center|600x400px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The left hand part of the screen allows the administrator to filter the users per version. The version drop-down menu is populated with the current version as well as all children versions. To see the list of users of a specific version, select a version from the drop-down list then click on the ''Filter'' button. The table on the right shows the list of existing users for the desired version.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The table contains the following information:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* the first column may contain a '''padlock icon'''. If a padlock icon appears, this means that the user cannot be deleted and its properties cannot be edited. This also means that the user has been created by the parent version or imported from a Master Database. Therefore, in the case where the user has been created by the parent version, only an administrator of the parent version can edit its properties or delete the entry. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* '''Code''': displays the employee's ID&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* '''Last name''': displays the employee's last name&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* '''First name''': displays the employee's first name&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* '''Email''': displays the employee's email address&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{Note&lt;br /&gt;
| The &amp;quot;Code&amp;quot;, Last Name&amp;quot; and &amp;quot;First Name&amp;quot; columns are searchable. Their content can be sorted alphabetically.&lt;br /&gt;
}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{Warning&lt;br /&gt;
| When the administrator creates a version, he/she must define at least one user for the child version otherwise no users are able to log-in, administer and use the child version.&lt;br /&gt;
}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{Note&lt;br /&gt;
| By user, it is understood a Metis Smart Modeling and by End-User a Metis Smart Quotes user.&lt;br /&gt;
}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Adding an Employee ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To add an employee, the administrator must first pay attention to the [[Description_of_the_Menu_Versions_Versions|Version]] selected in the filter area. If the administrator has selected a version other than his/her version, the user is created in that specific version and will only be able to access this version.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
A click on the &amp;quot;Add&amp;quot; button [[File:MetisSmartModelingAddButton.PNG|link=]] the '''Employees''' creation window opens, it allows to define all related information.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:MSM_Users_Employees_Add.png|center|600x400px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In this window, the user data fields are displayed and consists of the following properties:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''MAIN'''&lt;br /&gt;
** '''Employee Cod'''e: this code is an ID for the user. It must be unique. This field is mandatory to save the user. Enter a code then press on enter to save the entry. This field is limited to 20 characters.&lt;br /&gt;
** '''Last Name''': this is the user's last name. This field is also mandatory to describe the user. Enter a last name then press on enter to save the entry. This field is limited to 40 characters.&lt;br /&gt;
** '''First Name''': this is the user's first name. Enter a first name then press on enter to save the entry. This field is limited to 40 characters.&lt;br /&gt;
** '''Language''': this is the user's application default '''[[Description_of_the_Menu_Versions_Languages|language]]'''. This parameter sets the language in which Metis's graphic user interface and its content are displayed by default to the user. A pop-up window contains the available languages defined for the version. Select a language then press enter to save the entry.&lt;br /&gt;
** '''Type''': this setting defines which type of user is being created. The drop-down list allows to select between : online, offline and offline connected '''[[Metis_Smart_Suite_-_Architecture|mode]]'''.&lt;br /&gt;
** '''Password''': this is the user's password. Enter a password then press enter to save the entry. The password is encrypted at input time and at display time. This field is limited to 20 characters&lt;br /&gt;
** '''Sales Group''': this is the sales group to which the user belongs to. A pop-up window containing authorized sales groups defined for the version (see the [[#Sales Groups| Sales Groups]] section below), select the appropriate  language then press enter to save the entry.&lt;br /&gt;
** '''User Role''': this is user's role in the organization in which Metis is deployed. A pop-up window containing authorized user roles defined for the version, select a user role then press enter to save the entry.&lt;br /&gt;
** '''Function''': this is the user's function within the organization.&lt;br /&gt;
** '''Nomad User''': this setting determines if the user is authorized to log into the Metis Smart Quotes child versions. Tick the check-box then press on enter to enable this privilege. Leave the check-box un-ticked to disable it.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''RIGHTS PROFILE'''&lt;br /&gt;
** '''Profile Group''': this is user's link to a '''[[Description_of_the_Sub-Menu_Profile_Groups|group of profiles]]'''. This determines the user's rights and setting on Metis Smart Suite Applications. A pop-up window contains the authorized profiles groups defined for the version. Select a profile group then press enter to save the entry.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''OFFICE'''&lt;br /&gt;
** '''Office''': this is the user's '''[[#Offices|office]]''' or sales outlet. A pop-up window containing authorized offices defined for the version, select an office then press enter to save the entry.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''COMPANY'''&lt;br /&gt;
** '''Company''': this is the user's company name.&lt;br /&gt;
** '''Department''': this is the user's department within the previously defined company.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''ADDRESS'''&lt;br /&gt;
** '''Street''': this is the user's street address&lt;br /&gt;
** '''Building''': this is the user's building name and/or number&lt;br /&gt;
** '''Zip Code''': this is the user's zip code&lt;br /&gt;
** '''City''': this is the user's city name&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* '''CONTACT'''&lt;br /&gt;
** '''Email''': this is the user's personal email address&lt;br /&gt;
** '''Fax''': this is the user's personal fax number&lt;br /&gt;
** '''Mobile''': this is the user's personal cellular phone number&lt;br /&gt;
** '''Tel''': this is the user's personal landline phone number&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{Note&lt;br /&gt;
| Address information can be similar to company information!&lt;br /&gt;
}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{Video&lt;br /&gt;
| &amp;lt;mediaplayer width='400' height='300' image='http://www.xpert-technologies.ch/mediawikidev/images/1/1d/VID_CreatingAUser.png'&amp;gt;File:Creating_a_user_OK.mp4‎&amp;lt;/mediaplayer&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
| Setting up a user in Metis Smart Modeling.&lt;br /&gt;
}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{Note&lt;br /&gt;
| In order to define to which application of the Metis Smart Suite the user has access he/she needs to be linked to the appropriate '''[[Description_of_the_Sub-Menu_Functionalities|functionality profile]]'''. This will provide rights to either Metis Smart Modeling, Metis Smart Quote or Metis Smart Monitoring; or a combination of those applications.&lt;br /&gt;
}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{Warning&lt;br /&gt;
| As it is only possible to log into Metis Smart Modeling once a user has been defined a the version, the creation of the first user of a version is done within the parent version. This means that the credentials used to log into the application cannot be edited.&lt;br /&gt;
}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{Note&lt;br /&gt;
| When creating a user and/or an end-user, the password is automatically set from the version, based on the default password. It can be changed when creating the user.&lt;br /&gt;
}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{Video&lt;br /&gt;
| &amp;lt;mediaplayer width='400' height='300' image='http://www.xpert-technologies.ch/mediawikidev/images/e/e0/VID_CreatingNomadUser.png'&amp;gt;File:Creating_a_nomad_user_OK.mp4&amp;lt;/mediaplayer&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
| Setting up a nomad User.&lt;br /&gt;
}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Deleting an Employee ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In the '''Employees''' sub-menu, the &amp;quot;Delete&amp;quot; button [[File:MetisSmartModelingDeleteButton.PNG|link=]] located above the main table allows the user/administrator to delete the selected User. Selecting one or more Users and clicking on it displays the following confirmation window.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:MSM Users Employees Delete_2.png|center]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Once the warning is confirmed, the selected ... is removed from Metis Smart Suite and deleted from the Metis Database.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{Note&lt;br /&gt;
| Remember that users with a padlock icon cannot be deleted. If the administrator tries to do so, the following message appears:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:MSM Users Employees Delete.png|center]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{Warning&lt;br /&gt;
| Once a user is deleted by the administrator in an online environment, he/she immediately looses the ability to log into the application. In an offline environment, an '''[[Description_of_the_Menu_Versions_Upadte|update]]''' is required.&lt;br /&gt;
}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Editing an Employee ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In the '''Employees''' sub-menu, the &amp;quot;Edit&amp;quot; button [[File:MetisSmartModelingEditButton.PNG|link=]] located above the main table allows the user/administrator to apply modifications to all properties related to the selected User. Selecting a User and clicking on it opens the '''User''' edition window where all related properties and information can be edited.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:MSM_Users_Employees_Edit.png|center|600x400px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For detailed descriptions of all information available in this window please refer to the section dedicated to the creation of a new User. Modifications applied to the selected User will only be saved once the User edition window is validated using the [[File:MetisSmartModelingOKButton.PNG|link=]] button at the bottom of the window. This will update the table displayed on the main screen. Using the &amp;quot;Cancel&amp;quot; [[File:MetisSmartModelingCancelButton.PNG|link=]] button discards all changes and closes the window.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If the administrator does not have the right to edit the properties of a user, he/she receives the following message when trying to edit one of the properties:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:MSM_Users_Employees_Edit_2.png|center]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{Note&lt;br /&gt;
| If the administrator has selected several users before clicking on the ''Edit'' button, the properties of the user that has been selected first are displayed.&lt;br /&gt;
}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Preview ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In the '''Employees''' sub-menu, the &amp;quot;Preview&amp;quot; button [[File:MetisSmartModelingPreviewButton.PNG|link=]] located above the main table/list allows the user/administrator to see all properties and information related to the selected User. Selecting a User from the  table/list and clicking on it opens the '''User''' preview window.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:MSM_Users_Employees_Preview.png|center|600x400px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For detailed descriptions of all information available in this window please refer to the section dedicated to the creation of a new User. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{Note&lt;br /&gt;
| Edition of the information and properties displayed herein is not possible. If modification are necessary, the edition function described above should be used.&lt;br /&gt;
}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Reset Password ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Within a version's functionality profile, a default password for this version can be defined. On the other hand, user specific passwords can be defined either from the User menu in Metis Smart Modeling or directly by the user within Metis Smart Quotes. Various reasons may require to reset a user's password. To do this, simply select the user and click on the &amp;quot;Reset Password&amp;quot; button. It will bring up a window to confirm reseting the password for the selected user.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:MSM_Users_Employees_Reset_Password.png|center]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Doing this will reset the user's password to the default one form the version in which the user is defined.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{Warning&lt;br /&gt;
| Once a user's password is reset by the administrator in an online environment, the change is immediate. In an offline environment, an update is required. &lt;br /&gt;
}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Offices ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The administrator can define various offices or sales outlets of his/her version and his/her children versions as shown in the example above. Those offices are used in Metis Smart Suite to group the employees and provide structured statistics. In sub-menu offices are added, edited and deleted. Offices are important when calculating regional statistics. Once an office has been created, it can then be linked to a user through the employees sub-menu by editing the '''[[Description_of_the_Menu_Users#Employees|user]]''' and selecting the corresponding office under the section titled '''Address'''.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:MSM_Users_Offices.png|center|600x400px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The left hand part of the screen allows the administrator to filter the offices per version. The version drop-down menu is populated with the current version as well as all the child versions. To see the list of offices of a specific version, select a version from the drop-down list. The table on the right shows the list of offices for the selected version.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The table displays the name of the various offices and sales outlets. The content can be sorted alphabetically.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Information defined in this menu is then made available in the Employee sub-menu for the setting the office to which the employee is linked.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Adding an Office ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Before creating a new Office, the user/administrator should first check the version selected in the filter area. The new Office will be created in the select version.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In the '''Offices''' sub-menu, the &amp;quot;Add&amp;quot; button [[File:MetisSmartModelingAddButton.PNG|link=]] located above the main list allows the user/administrator to create a new Office. When it is clicked, the '''Office''' creation window opens, it allows to define all related information.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:MSM_Users_Offices_Add.png|center|600x400px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{Note&lt;br /&gt;
| Mandatory fields are displayed in '''bold''' or with a red triangle in front of the field.&lt;br /&gt;
}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The office data displayed in this window consists of the following properties:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* '''MAIN'''&lt;br /&gt;
** '''Office Name''': designation of the office or of the sales outlet. This field is mandatory to save the office. Enter a designation then press on enter to save the entry. This field is limited to 30 characters.&lt;br /&gt;
** '''Main Language''': main language which will be defined for all employees linked to the office.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* '''COMPANY'''&lt;br /&gt;
** '''Company Name 1-4''': Office's company name, which can spread over 4 fields if required.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''ADDRESS'''&lt;br /&gt;
** '''Street''': Office's street address&lt;br /&gt;
** '''Zip Code''': Office's  zip code&lt;br /&gt;
** '''City''': Office's location information&lt;br /&gt;
** '''Building''': Office's building designation&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* '''CONTACT'''&lt;br /&gt;
** '''Main Tel''': Office's main phone number&lt;br /&gt;
** '''Main Fax''': Office's main fax number&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Once all related mandatory and optional information have been set, the new User can be saved by validating the '''Users''' window using the [[File:MetisSmartModelingOKButton.PNG|link=]] button at the bottom of the window.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Editing an Office ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In the '''Offices''' sub-menu, the &amp;quot;Edit&amp;quot; button [[File:MetisSmartModelingEditButton.PNG|link=]] located above the main list allows the user/administrator to apply modifications to all properties related to the selected Office. Selecting an office and clicking on it opens the '''Office''' edition window where all related properties and information can be edited.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:MSM_Users_Offices_Edit.png|center|600x400px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For detailed descriptions of all information available in this window please refer to the section dedicated to the creation of a new Office. Modifications applied to the selected ... will only be saved once the  ... edition window is validated using the [[File:MetisSmartModelingOKButton.PNG|link=]] button at the bottom of the window. This will update the table/list displayed on the main screen. Using the &amp;quot;Cancel&amp;quot; [[File:MetisSmartModelingCancelButton.PNG|link=]] button discards all changes and closes the window.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Deleting an Office ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In the '''Offices''' sub-menu, the &amp;quot;Delete&amp;quot; button [[File:MetisSmartModelingDeleteButton.PNG|link=]] located above the main list allows the user/administrator to delete the selected Office. Selecting an Office and clicking on it displays the following confirmation window.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:MSM_User_Offices_Delete.png|center]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Once the warning is confirmed, the selected ... is removed from Metis Smart Suite and deleted from the Metis Database.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{Note&lt;br /&gt;
| An office created by an administrator of the parent version for the current version can be deleted by an administrator of this child version.&lt;br /&gt;
}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Preview ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In the '''Offices''' sub-menu, the &amp;quot;Preview&amp;quot; button [[File:MetisSmartModelingPreviewButton.PNG|link=]] located above the main list allows the user/administrator to see all properties and information related to the selected Office. Selecting an Office from the  table/list and clicking on it opens the '''Office''' preview window.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:MSM_Users_Offices_Preview.png|center|600x400px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For detailed descriptions of all information available in this window please refer to the section dedicated to the creation of a new Office. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{Note&lt;br /&gt;
| Edition of the information and properties displayed herein is not possible. If modification are necessary, the edition function described above should be used.&lt;br /&gt;
}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Sales Groups ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The administrator can define the various sales groups to which the users and end-users can belong, as shown in the example below. Sales groups are important when calculating regional statistics. Once a sales group has been created, it can then be linked to a user through the [[Description_of_the_Menu_Users#Employees|employees]] sub-menu by editing the user and selecting the corresponding sales group under the section titled '''Main'''.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:MSM_Users_Sales_Groups.png|center|600x400px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The table displays the name of the various sales groups. The content of the table can be sorted alphabetically.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{Note&lt;br /&gt;
| The sales groups are visible to all versions. Special care should be taken when deleting a sales group from the list.&lt;br /&gt;
}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Information defined in this menu is then made available in the Employee sub-menu in order to link a user user to a sales group.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{Tip&lt;br /&gt;
| As Sales Groups are common to all versions, it is recommended to create only Sales groups which can be used within the whole Metis environment.&lt;br /&gt;
}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Adding a Sales Group ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In the '''Sales Group''' sub-menu, the &amp;quot;Add&amp;quot; button [[File:MetisSmartModelingAddButton.PNG|link=]] located above the main list allows the user/administrator to create a new Sales Group . When it is clicked, the '''Sales Group''' creation window opens, it allows to define all related information.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:MSM_Users_Sales_Groups_Add.png|center]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{Note&lt;br /&gt;
| Mandatory fields are displayed in '''bold''' or with a red triangle in front of the field.&lt;br /&gt;
}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The administrator has to type in the name of the sales group and validate the window to save the entry. This field is limited to 30 characters.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Once all related mandatory and optional information have been set, the new Sales Group can be saved by validating the '''Sales Group''' window using the [[File:MetisSmartModelingOKButton.PNG|link=]] button at the bottom of the window.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Editing a Sales Group ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In the '''Sales Group''' sub-menu, the &amp;quot;Edit&amp;quot; button [[File:MetisSmartModelingEditButton.PNG|link=]] located above the main list allows the user/administrator to apply modifications to all properties related to the selected Sales Group. Selecting a Sales Group and clicking on it opens the '''Sales Group''' edition window where all related properties and information can be edited.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:MSM_Users_Sales_Groups_Edit.png|center]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For detailed descriptions of all information available in this window please refer to the section dedicated to the creation of a new Sales Group . Modifications applied to the selected Sales Group will only be saved once the  Sales Group edition window is validated using the [[File:MetisSmartModelingOKButton.PNG|link=]] button at the bottom of the window. This will update the table/list displayed on the main screen. Using the &amp;quot;Cancel&amp;quot; [[File:MetisSmartModelingCancelButton.PNG|link=]] button discards all changes and closes the window.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Deleting a Sales Group ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In the '''Sales Group''' sub-menu, the &amp;quot;Delete&amp;quot; button [[File:MetisSmartModelingDeleteButton.PNG|link=]] located above the main list allows the user/administrator to delete the selected Sales Group . Selecting one or more Sales Group and clicking on it displays the following confirmation window.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:MSM_Users_Sales_Groups_Delete.png|center]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Once the warning is confirmed, the selected Sales Group is removed from Metis Smart Suite and deleted from the Metis Database.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== User Roles ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The administrator can define the various User Roles to which the users and end-users can be linked to, as shown in the example below. User Roles are important for sorting employees into task based groups. Those roles are then used in Metis Smart Quotes to list the different employees in appropriate drop-down lists or simple lists. Once a user role has been created, it can then be linked to an employee through the [[Description_of_the_Menu_Users#Employees|employees]] sub-menu by editing it and selecting the corresponding user role under the section titled '''Main'''.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:MSM_Users_User_Roles.png|center|600x400px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The table displays the name of the various User Roles. The content can be sorted by alphabetically and searched through using the left-hand side search functionality. It allows the user/administrator to find User Roles based on various criterion. The search is triggered by typing a keyword or only a letter in the fields above the &amp;quot;Search&amp;quot; button and then click on it. The results are then displayed below/in the main table/list. Selecting a line from the result list will automatically select the corresponding entry in the main table/list.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{Note&lt;br /&gt;
| User Roles are visible to all versions.&lt;br /&gt;
}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Adding User Roles ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In the '''User Roles''' sub-menu, the &amp;quot;Add&amp;quot; button [[File:MetisSmartModelingAddButton.PNG|link=]] located above the main list allows the user/administrator to create a new User Roles. When it is clicked, the '''User Roles''' creation window opens, it allows to define all related information.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:MSM_Users_User_Roles_Add.png|center|600x400px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{Note&lt;br /&gt;
| Mandatory fields are displayed in '''bold''' or with a red triangle in front of the field.&lt;br /&gt;
}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In order to define a User Role the following information needs to be provided:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* '''Code''' : abbreviation or ID which will be used to identifies the users by the their User role to be listed in specific lists.&lt;br /&gt;
* '''Sales''' : defines whether the User Role is related to Sales.&lt;br /&gt;
* '''Description''' :  user-friendly name for the User Roles being created. It can be provided in all available languages. Those fields are limited to 50 characters.&lt;br /&gt;
* '''Office''' : link to a defined Office for statistical purposes&lt;br /&gt;
* '''Sales Groups''' : link to a defined Sales Group for statistical purposes&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Once all related mandatory and optional information have been set, the new User Roles can be saved by validating the '''User Roles''' window using the [[File:MetisSmartModelingOKButton.PNG|link=]] button at the bottom of the window.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Editing User Roles ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In the '''User Roles''' sub-menu, the &amp;quot;Edit&amp;quot; button [[File:MetisSmartModelingEditButton.PNG|link=]] located above the main list allows the user/administrator to apply modifications to all properties related to the selected User Roles. Selecting a User Roles and clicking on it opens the '''User Roles''' edition window where all related properties and information can be edited.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:MSM_Users_User_Roles_Edit.png|center|600x400px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For detailed descriptions of all information available in this window please refer to the section dedicated to the creation of a new User Roles. Modifications applied to the selected User Roles will only be saved once the  User Roles edition window is validated using the [[File:MetisSmartModelingOKButton.PNG|link=]] button at the bottom of the window. This will update the table/list displayed on the main screen. Using the &amp;quot;Cancel&amp;quot; [[File:MetisSmartModelingCancelButton.PNG|link=]] button discards all changes and closes the window.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Deleting User Roles ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In the '''User Roles''' sub-menu, the &amp;quot;Delete&amp;quot; button [[File:MetisSmartModelingDeleteButton.PNG|link=]] located above the main list allows the user/administrator to delete the selected User Roles. Selecting one or more User Roles and clicking on it displays the following confirmation window.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:MSM_Users_Users_Roles_Delete.png|center]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Once the warning is confirmed, the selected User Roles is removed from Metis Smart Suite and deleted from the Metis Database.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Previewing User Roles ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In the '''User Roles''' sub-menu, the &amp;quot;Preview&amp;quot; button [[File:MetisSmartModelingPreviewButton.PNG|link=]] located above the main table/list allows the user/administrator to see all properties and information related to the selected User Roles. Selecting a User Roles from the  table/list and clicking on it opens the '''User Roles''' preview window.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:MSM_Users_User_Roles_Preview.png|center|600x400px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For detailed descriptions of all information available in this window please refer to the section dedicated to the creation of a new User Roles. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{Note&lt;br /&gt;
| Edition of the information and properties displayed herein is not possible. If modification are necessary, the edition function described above should be used.&lt;br /&gt;
}}&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Patrick</name></author>	</entry>

	<entry>
		<id>http://www.xpert-technologies.ch/mediawikidev/index.php?title=Description_of_the_Sub-Menu_Functionalities</id>
		<title>Description of the Sub-Menu Functionalities</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="http://www.xpert-technologies.ch/mediawikidev/index.php?title=Description_of_the_Sub-Menu_Functionalities"/>
				<updated>2013-11-05T15:56:07Z</updated>
		
		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Patrick: &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;In this sub-menu, the administrator can define and manage Functionnality Profiles. Those profiles represent a combination of settings to which a name has been given. These profiles can then be used linked to versions and/or specific users. The users listed in the version and/or the specific users will then inherit those functionnalities. Sample profiles are listed in the screenshot below.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:MSM_Profiles_Fonctionalities.png|center|600x400px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Functionality profiles can be defined for each product of the Metis Smart Suite:&lt;br /&gt;
* Smart Modeling&lt;br /&gt;
* Smart Monitoring&lt;br /&gt;
* Smart Quotes&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
These products are listed in the '''Application''' drop-down list. The administrator must first select an application from the drop-down menu to see the functionality profiles which exist for the selected application.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
On the left-hand side of the main window, a '''Search''' feature is found. It allows the user/administrator to find Functionality Profiles based on various criterion. The search is triggered by typing a keyword or only a letter in the fields above the &amp;quot;Search&amp;quot; button and then click on it. The results are then displayed below. Selecting a line from the result list will automatically select the corresponding entry in the main list.&lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The '''Profiles''' table consist of two columns:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* the first column may contain a padlock icon. If a padlock icon appears, this means that the profile cannot be deleted and its properties cannot be edited. Only an administrator of the '''parent version''' can edit the properties of this profile or delete that profile. &lt;br /&gt;
* the second column contains the designation of the profile. When creating a profile, the administrator can freely define this name.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The contents of the '''Profiles''' table can be sorted alphabetically. The administrator can search for a profile directly in the profile name column. To do so, the user must click on the magnifying glass icon then type in the name of the profile. The functionality profiles defined in this sub-menu are then made available throughout Metis Smart Modeling:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:MSM_Users_Employees_Edit_-_profiles.png|center|600x400px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{Note&lt;br /&gt;
| It is not possible to create a profile from scratch. Profiles can only be duplicated from existing ones and then edited accordingly.&lt;br /&gt;
}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable centre&amp;quot; width=&amp;quot;90%&amp;quot; style=&amp;quot;border-collapse: separate; border-spacing: 0; border-width: 1px; border-style: solid; border-color: grey;&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
! scope=col style=&amp;quot;border-style: solid; border-color: grey; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0&amp;quot; | Application&lt;br /&gt;
! scope=col style=&amp;quot;border-style: solid; border-color: grey; border-width: 0 0 1px 0&amp;quot; | Link to external document&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| width=&amp;quot;25%&amp;quot; style=&amp;quot;border-style: solid; border-color: grey; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0&amp;quot; |&lt;br /&gt;
'''Metis Smart Modeling'''&lt;br /&gt;
| width=&amp;quot;75%&amp;quot; style=&amp;quot;border-style: solid; border-color: grey; border-width: 0 0 1px 0&amp;quot; |&lt;br /&gt;
[[media:Xpert_Technologies_SA_-_Metis_Smart_Modeling_Rights_Structure_-_05.11.2013.pdf|Metis Smart Modeling Rights Structure]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| width=&amp;quot;25%&amp;quot; style=&amp;quot;border-style: solid; border-color: grey; border-width: 0 1px 0 0&amp;quot; |&lt;br /&gt;
'''Metis Smart Quotes'''&lt;br /&gt;
| width=&amp;quot;75%&amp;quot; style=&amp;quot;border-style: solid; border-color: grey; border-width: 0 0 0 0&amp;quot; |&lt;br /&gt;
[[media:Xpert_Technologies_SA_-_Metis_Smart_Quotes_Rights_Structure_-_05.11.2013.pdf|Metis Smart Quotes Rights Structure]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Creating a Duplicate Functionality Profile ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To create a new profile, the administrator must create a duplicate of an existing profile then edit it accordingly. To do so, the administrator must first select the application for which he wants to do so and then select a reference profile from the list, then click on the &amp;quot;Duplicate&amp;quot; button [[File:MetisSmartModelingDuplicateButton.PNG|link=]]. The profile features window appears as shown in the following example:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:MSM_Profiles_Fonctionalities_Smart_Modeling_Edit_Right.png|center|600x400px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
By default, the profile name field displays the name of the profile which has been selected. The administrator must provide another name for the profile. The profile name is freely definable, but limited to 50 characters.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
It is not possible to enter a profile name that already exists within the selected application. If the administrator tries to do so, the following message appears when saving the new profile.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:MSM-Profiles-Fonctionalitie.png|center]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The administrator can then edit the properties of the new profile (see [[#Editing a Functionality Profile|below]]). Please refer to the full list of features and settings sorted by application for more details.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{Video&lt;br /&gt;
| &amp;lt;mediaplayer width='400' height='300' image='http://www.xpert-technologies.ch/mediawikidev/images/a/a0/VID_CreatingSmartModelingFunctionalityProfile.PNG'&amp;gt;File:Creating_a_smart_modeling_functionality_profile_OK.mp4&amp;lt;/mediaplayer&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
| Creating a Smart Modeling Functionality Profile.&lt;br /&gt;
}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{Video&lt;br /&gt;
| &amp;lt;mediaplayer width='400' height='300' image='http://www.xpert-technologies.ch/mediawikidev/images/4/46/VID_CreatingASmartQuotesFunctionalityProfile.png'&amp;gt;File:Creating_a_Functionality_Profile_OK.mp4&amp;lt;/mediaplayer&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
| Creating a Smart Quotes Functionality Profile.&lt;br /&gt;
}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The properties of a profile are grouped within the following tabs:&lt;br /&gt;
* '''Rights''': the Metis user default settings and the functionalities that the Metis user has the right to use together the linked settings necessary to operate the corresponding functionality.&lt;br /&gt;
* '''Languages''': the language(s) that the Metis user is authorized to use.&lt;br /&gt;
* '''SQL connection''': the databases to which the Metis user can connect to and toward which databases data can be transferred.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Rights tab ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The '''Rights''' tab allows the administrator to define the rights and the settings which are then attributed to the Metis user or user group. They are broken down into a tree structure, as shown in the following example:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:MSM_Profiles_Fonctionalities_Smart_Quotes_Edit_Right.png|center|600x400px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The administrator can expand or collapse the complete '''Rights''' tree structure using the corresponding buttons at the bottom of the table.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The various rights are structured into levels and sub-levels. For example, for the Metis Smart Quote application, the topmost level is '''Smart Quotes Right Structure'''. This level encompasses all the sub-levels (e.g. '''Server Offline Connect''', '''Update''', etc.)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Items with a folder icon ([[File:FolderIcon.PNG]]) and a black background represent the title of a level. Items with a scepter icon ([[File:SceptreIcon.PNG]]) represent a right.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The '''Rights''' tab contains the following columns:&lt;br /&gt;
* Rights: designation of the right or the designation of the group to which the right belongs to&lt;br /&gt;
* Values: the value or the parameter of the right&lt;br /&gt;
* Right status: indicates if the right is accessible or not for a child version. A drop-down list allows the administrator to set the status of the right to either blank, '''Read Only''' or '''Invisible''', as shown in the following example:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{Video&lt;br /&gt;
| &amp;lt;mediaplayer width='400' height='300' image='http://www.xpert-technologies.ch/mediawikidev/images/a/a6/VID_Invisible_Read_Only.png'&amp;gt;File:Setting_a_right_to_invisible_or_read_only_OK.mp4&amp;lt;/mediaplayer&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
| Setting a right to invisible or read-only.&lt;br /&gt;
}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{Note&lt;br /&gt;
| The right status type behave as following. When left blank the administrator of a child version will be bale to set this right and/or setting for profiles he will create, a padlock icon is then displayed in the right-most column. When set to &amp;quot;read-only&amp;quot; he will be able to see what setting was inherited from the parent version but not apply any changes. When set to &amp;quot;invisible&amp;quot;, the right/setting will be hidden form the tree structure.&lt;br /&gt;
}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{Note&lt;br /&gt;
| The status defined for the rights affects duplicated functionality profiles that can be created by children versions. When an administrator of a child version duplicates a profile which has some values defined as '''Invisible''', the values remains invisible for the duplicated profile.&lt;br /&gt;
}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To edit the parameter of a right, double-click on the '''Values''' field. Depending upon the right type different edition possibilities will be shown.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* '''radio buttons''' : enable the user to select one option (example: to enable a functionality the available options will be &amp;quot;yes&amp;quot; and &amp;quot;no&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:MSM-Profiles-Fonctionalities-Yes-No.png|center]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* '''drop-down lists''' : enable the user to select one option form a list of possible settings or values&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:MSM-Profiles-Fonctionalities-List.png|center]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* '''text or number fields''' : enable the user to enter free text (example : server name for the update process)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:MSM-Profiles-Fonctionalities-Number.png|center]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* '''folder path / file name field(s)''' : enable the user to set a path or file name for the corresponding setting (example: folder for MS Word documents templates)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:MSM-Profiles-Fonctionalities-File.png|center]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The administrator has to select / define a value or to type in the required information then press the Enter key to save the setting.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{Warning&lt;br /&gt;
| Leaving a text field, a folder path or a file name empty may result in errors when the application try to use those settings.&lt;br /&gt;
}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Languages tab ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The '''Languages''' tab shows the languages that were made available for the version in the [[Description of the Menu Languages|Language menu]], as shown in the following example:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:MSM_Profiles_Fonctionalities_Smart_Quotes_Edit_Languages.png|center|600x400px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
By default, a language made available for the version is automatically selected in the '''Languages''' tab (i.e. the Authorized check-box is ticked). If the administrator wants to customize the language that the Metis user is authorized to use, he/she can untick the check-box in the '''Authorized''' column for the languages that the end user cannot use.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If no language is selected, the end user's default language is English. The languages defined as authorized in this menu are then made available in the end user's Setup menu.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{Note&lt;br /&gt;
| A maximum of 4 languages can be made available to a user.&lt;br /&gt;
}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== SQL connection tab ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The SQL connection tab contains a table listing all the SQL connections defined in the Data Management menu, in the [[Description of the Sub-Menu SQL Connections|SQL Connections submenu]]. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:MSM_Profiles_Fonctionalities_Smart_Quotes_Edit_SQL_Access.png|center|600x400px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The default SQL connection corresponds to the server name and database name that were defined the very first time that Metis was launched (see [[Metis Smart Modeling User Manual Home Page#Log In|Log In]]) or in the setup.ini file. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The SQL connections table allows the administrator to give the right to the Metis user to connect to other databases. To give access to a database, the administrator must tick the box in the '''Authorized''' column for the SQL connections of his/her choice. All the checkboxes can be ticked / unticked except the '''DEFAULT''' SQL Connection checkbox.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{Video&lt;br /&gt;
| &amp;lt;mediaplayer width='400' height='300' image='http://www.xpert-technologies.ch/mediawikidev/images/f/fa/VID_Enable_the_connection_to_other_databases.png'&amp;gt;File:Creating_a_Position_OK.mp4&amp;lt;/mediaplayer&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
| Setting up a version without an administrator.&lt;br /&gt;
}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The authorized connections are then proposed to the Metis user when logged in.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Editing a Functionality Profile ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In the '''Functionality Profile''' sub-menu, the &amp;quot;Edit&amp;quot; button [[File:MetisSmartModelingEditButton.PNG|link=]] located above the main list allows the user/administrator to apply modifications to all properties related to the selected Functionality Profile. Selecting a Functionality Profile and clicking on it opens the '''Functionality Profile''' edition window where all related properties and information can be edited.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:MSM_Profiles_Fonctionalities_Smart_Modeling_Edit_Right.png|center|600x400px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For detailed descriptions of all information available in this window please refer to the section dedicated to the creation of a new Functionality Profile. Modifications applied to the selected Functionality Profile will only be saved once the Functionality Profile edition window is validated using the [[File:MetisSmartModelingOKButton.PNG|link=]] button at the bottom of the window. This will update the list displayed on the main screen. Using the &amp;quot;Cancel&amp;quot; [[File:MetisSmartModelingCancelButton.PNG|link=]] button discards all changes and closes the window.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If the administrator does not have the right to edit the properties of a profile, he/she receives the following message when trying to do so:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:MSM-Profiles-No-Right.png|center]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Previewing a Functionality Profile ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In the '''Functionality Profiles''' sub-menu, the &amp;quot;Preview&amp;quot; button [[File:MetisSmartModelingPreviewButton.PNG|link=]] located above the main list allows the user/administrator to see all properties and information related to the selected Functionality Profile. Selecting a Functionality Profile from the list and clicking on it opens the '''Functionality Profile''' preview window. For detailed descriptions of all information available in this window please refer to the section dedicated to the creation of a new Functionality Profile. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:MSM_Profiles_Fonctionalities_Smart_Quotes_Preview_Right.png|center|600x400px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{Note&lt;br /&gt;
| Edition of the information and properties displayed herein is not possible. If modification are necessary, the edition function described above should be used.&lt;br /&gt;
}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Deleting a Functionality Profile ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In the '''Functionality Profiles''' sub-menu, the &amp;quot;Delete&amp;quot; button [[File:MetisSmartModelingDeleteButton.PNG|link=]] located above the main list allows the user/administrator to delete the selected Functionality Profile. Selecting a Functionality Profile and clicking on it displays the following confirmation window.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:MSM_Profiles_Fonctionalities_Delete.png|center]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If the profile has been attributed to one or more users, the confirmation window indicates the number of users to which the profile has been attributed to. It also indicates if the profile is linked or used in one or more versions. Once the warning is confirmed, the selected Functionality Profile is removed from Metis Smart Suite and deleted from the Metis Database.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{Warning&lt;br /&gt;
| Profiles with a padlock icon cannot be deleted.&lt;br /&gt;
}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{Note&lt;br /&gt;
| The administrator cannot select several profiles at the same time.&lt;br /&gt;
}}&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Patrick</name></author>	</entry>

	<entry>
		<id>http://www.xpert-technologies.ch/mediawikidev/index.php?title=Template:PDFlink</id>
		<title>Template:PDFlink</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="http://www.xpert-technologies.ch/mediawikidev/index.php?title=Template:PDFlink"/>
				<updated>2013-11-05T15:44:25Z</updated>
		
		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Patrick: &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;{&lt;br /&gt;
    background: url(&amp;quot;http://upload.wikimedia.org/wikipedia/commons/2/23/Icons-mini-file_acrobat.gif&amp;quot;) center right no-repeat;&lt;br /&gt;
    padding-right: 18px;&lt;br /&gt;
}&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Patrick</name></author>	</entry>

	<entry>
		<id>http://www.xpert-technologies.ch/mediawikidev/index.php?title=Description_of_the_Sub-Menu_Functionalities</id>
		<title>Description of the Sub-Menu Functionalities</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="http://www.xpert-technologies.ch/mediawikidev/index.php?title=Description_of_the_Sub-Menu_Functionalities"/>
				<updated>2013-11-05T15:43:53Z</updated>
		
		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Patrick: &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;In this sub-menu, the administrator can define and manage Functionnality Profiles. Those profiles represent a combination of settings to which a name has been given. These profiles can then be used linked to versions and/or specific users. The users listed in the version and/or the specific users will then inherit those functionnalities. Sample profiles are listed in the screenshot below.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:MSM_Profiles_Fonctionalities.png|center|600x400px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Functionality profiles can be defined for each product of the Metis Smart Suite:&lt;br /&gt;
* Smart Modeling&lt;br /&gt;
* Smart Monitoring&lt;br /&gt;
* Smart Quotes&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
These products are listed in the '''Application''' drop-down list. The administrator must first select an application from the drop-down menu to see the functionality profiles which exist for the selected application.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
On the left-hand side of the main window, a '''Search''' feature is found. It allows the user/administrator to find Functionality Profiles based on various criterion. The search is triggered by typing a keyword or only a letter in the fields above the &amp;quot;Search&amp;quot; button and then click on it. The results are then displayed below. Selecting a line from the result list will automatically select the corresponding entry in the main list.&lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The '''Profiles''' table consist of two columns:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* the first column may contain a padlock icon. If a padlock icon appears, this means that the profile cannot be deleted and its properties cannot be edited. Only an administrator of the '''parent version''' can edit the properties of this profile or delete that profile. &lt;br /&gt;
* the second column contains the designation of the profile. When creating a profile, the administrator can freely define this name.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The contents of the '''Profiles''' table can be sorted alphabetically. The administrator can search for a profile directly in the profile name column. To do so, the user must click on the magnifying glass icon then type in the name of the profile. The functionality profiles defined in this sub-menu are then made available throughout Metis Smart Modeling:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:MSM_Users_Employees_Edit_-_profiles.png|center|600x400px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{Note&lt;br /&gt;
| It is not possible to create a profile from scratch. Profiles can only be duplicated from existing ones and then edited accordingly.&lt;br /&gt;
}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable centre&amp;quot; width=&amp;quot;90%&amp;quot; style=&amp;quot;border-collapse: separate; border-spacing: 0; border-width: 1px; border-style: solid; border-color: grey;&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
! scope=col style=&amp;quot;border-style: solid; border-color: grey; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0&amp;quot; | Application&lt;br /&gt;
! scope=col style=&amp;quot;border-style: solid; border-color: grey; border-width: 0 0 1px 0&amp;quot; | Link to external document&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| width=&amp;quot;25%&amp;quot; style=&amp;quot;border-style: solid; border-color: grey; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0&amp;quot; |&lt;br /&gt;
'''Metis Smart Modeling'''&lt;br /&gt;
| width=&amp;quot;75%&amp;quot; style=&amp;quot;border-style: solid; border-color: grey; border-width: 0 0 1px 0&amp;quot; |&lt;br /&gt;
[[media:Xpert_Technologies_SA_-_Metis_Smart_Modeling_Rights_Structure_-_05.11.2013.pdf|Metis Smart Modeling Rights Structure]]&lt;br /&gt;
{{PDFlink|[http://http://www.xpert-technologies.ch/mediawikidev/images/5/5a/Xpert_Technologies_SA_-_Metis_Smart_Modeling_Rights_Structure_-_05.11.2013.pdf Metis Smart Modeling Rights Structure]|11&amp;amp;nbsp;KB}}&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| width=&amp;quot;25%&amp;quot; style=&amp;quot;border-style: solid; border-color: grey; border-width: 0 1px 0 0&amp;quot; |&lt;br /&gt;
'''Metis Smart Quotes'''&lt;br /&gt;
| width=&amp;quot;75%&amp;quot; style=&amp;quot;border-style: solid; border-color: grey; border-width: 0 0 0 0&amp;quot; |&lt;br /&gt;
[[media:Xpert_Technologies_SA_-_Metis_Smart_Quotes_Rights_Structure_-_05.11.2013.pdf|Metis Smart Quotes Rights Structure]]&lt;br /&gt;
{{PDFlink|[http://http://www.xpert-technologies.ch/mediawikidev/images/5/5a/Xpert_Technologies_SA_-_Metis_Smart_Quotes_Rights_Structure_-_05.11.2013.pdf Metis Smart Quotes Rights Structure]|38&amp;amp;nbsp;KB}}&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Creating a Duplicate Functionality Profile ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To create a new profile, the administrator must create a duplicate of an existing profile then edit it accordingly. To do so, the administrator must first select the application for which he wants to do so and then select a reference profile from the list, then click on the &amp;quot;Duplicate&amp;quot; button [[File:MetisSmartModelingDuplicateButton.PNG|link=]]. The profile features window appears as shown in the following example:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:MSM_Profiles_Fonctionalities_Smart_Modeling_Edit_Right.png|center|600x400px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
By default, the profile name field displays the name of the profile which has been selected. The administrator must provide another name for the profile. The profile name is freely definable, but limited to 50 characters.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
It is not possible to enter a profile name that already exists within the selected application. If the administrator tries to do so, the following message appears when saving the new profile.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:MSM-Profiles-Fonctionalitie.png|center]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The administrator can then edit the properties of the new profile (see [[#Editing a Functionality Profile|below]]). Please refer to the full list of features and settings sorted by application for more details.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{Video&lt;br /&gt;
| &amp;lt;mediaplayer width='400' height='300' image='http://www.xpert-technologies.ch/mediawikidev/images/a/a0/VID_CreatingSmartModelingFunctionalityProfile.PNG'&amp;gt;File:Creating_a_smart_modeling_functionality_profile_OK.mp4&amp;lt;/mediaplayer&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
| Creating a Smart Modeling Functionality Profile.&lt;br /&gt;
}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{Video&lt;br /&gt;
| &amp;lt;mediaplayer width='400' height='300' image='http://www.xpert-technologies.ch/mediawikidev/images/4/46/VID_CreatingASmartQuotesFunctionalityProfile.png'&amp;gt;File:Creating_a_Functionality_Profile_OK.mp4&amp;lt;/mediaplayer&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
| Creating a Smart Quotes Functionality Profile.&lt;br /&gt;
}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The properties of a profile are grouped within the following tabs:&lt;br /&gt;
* '''Rights''': the Metis user default settings and the functionalities that the Metis user has the right to use together the linked settings necessary to operate the corresponding functionality.&lt;br /&gt;
* '''Languages''': the language(s) that the Metis user is authorized to use.&lt;br /&gt;
* '''SQL connection''': the databases to which the Metis user can connect to and toward which databases data can be transferred.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Rights tab ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The '''Rights''' tab allows the administrator to define the rights and the settings which are then attributed to the Metis user or user group. They are broken down into a tree structure, as shown in the following example:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:MSM_Profiles_Fonctionalities_Smart_Quotes_Edit_Right.png|center|600x400px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The administrator can expand or collapse the complete '''Rights''' tree structure using the corresponding buttons at the bottom of the table.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The various rights are structured into levels and sub-levels. For example, for the Metis Smart Quote application, the topmost level is '''Smart Quotes Right Structure'''. This level encompasses all the sub-levels (e.g. '''Server Offline Connect''', '''Update''', etc.)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Items with a folder icon ([[File:FolderIcon.PNG]]) and a black background represent the title of a level. Items with a scepter icon ([[File:SceptreIcon.PNG]]) represent a right.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The '''Rights''' tab contains the following columns:&lt;br /&gt;
* Rights: designation of the right or the designation of the group to which the right belongs to&lt;br /&gt;
* Values: the value or the parameter of the right&lt;br /&gt;
* Right status: indicates if the right is accessible or not for a child version. A drop-down list allows the administrator to set the status of the right to either blank, '''Read Only''' or '''Invisible''', as shown in the following example:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{Video&lt;br /&gt;
| &amp;lt;mediaplayer width='400' height='300' image='http://www.xpert-technologies.ch/mediawikidev/images/a/a6/VID_Invisible_Read_Only.png'&amp;gt;File:Setting_a_right_to_invisible_or_read_only_OK.mp4&amp;lt;/mediaplayer&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
| Setting a right to invisible or read-only.&lt;br /&gt;
}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{Note&lt;br /&gt;
| The right status type behave as following. When left blank the administrator of a child version will be bale to set this right and/or setting for profiles he will create, a padlock icon is then displayed in the right-most column. When set to &amp;quot;read-only&amp;quot; he will be able to see what setting was inherited from the parent version but not apply any changes. When set to &amp;quot;invisible&amp;quot;, the right/setting will be hidden form the tree structure.&lt;br /&gt;
}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{Note&lt;br /&gt;
| The status defined for the rights affects duplicated functionality profiles that can be created by children versions. When an administrator of a child version duplicates a profile which has some values defined as '''Invisible''', the values remains invisible for the duplicated profile.&lt;br /&gt;
}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To edit the parameter of a right, double-click on the '''Values''' field. Depending upon the right type different edition possibilities will be shown.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* '''radio buttons''' : enable the user to select one option (example: to enable a functionality the available options will be &amp;quot;yes&amp;quot; and &amp;quot;no&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:MSM-Profiles-Fonctionalities-Yes-No.png|center]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* '''drop-down lists''' : enable the user to select one option form a list of possible settings or values&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:MSM-Profiles-Fonctionalities-List.png|center]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* '''text or number fields''' : enable the user to enter free text (example : server name for the update process)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:MSM-Profiles-Fonctionalities-Number.png|center]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* '''folder path / file name field(s)''' : enable the user to set a path or file name for the corresponding setting (example: folder for MS Word documents templates)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:MSM-Profiles-Fonctionalities-File.png|center]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The administrator has to select / define a value or to type in the required information then press the Enter key to save the setting.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{Warning&lt;br /&gt;
| Leaving a text field, a folder path or a file name empty may result in errors when the application try to use those settings.&lt;br /&gt;
}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Languages tab ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The '''Languages''' tab shows the languages that were made available for the version in the [[Description of the Menu Languages|Language menu]], as shown in the following example:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:MSM_Profiles_Fonctionalities_Smart_Quotes_Edit_Languages.png|center|600x400px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
By default, a language made available for the version is automatically selected in the '''Languages''' tab (i.e. the Authorized check-box is ticked). If the administrator wants to customize the language that the Metis user is authorized to use, he/she can untick the check-box in the '''Authorized''' column for the languages that the end user cannot use.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If no language is selected, the end user's default language is English. The languages defined as authorized in this menu are then made available in the end user's Setup menu.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{Note&lt;br /&gt;
| A maximum of 4 languages can be made available to a user.&lt;br /&gt;
}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== SQL connection tab ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The SQL connection tab contains a table listing all the SQL connections defined in the Data Management menu, in the [[Description of the Sub-Menu SQL Connections|SQL Connections submenu]]. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:MSM_Profiles_Fonctionalities_Smart_Quotes_Edit_SQL_Access.png|center|600x400px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The default SQL connection corresponds to the server name and database name that were defined the very first time that Metis was launched (see [[Metis Smart Modeling User Manual Home Page#Log In|Log In]]) or in the setup.ini file. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The SQL connections table allows the administrator to give the right to the Metis user to connect to other databases. To give access to a database, the administrator must tick the box in the '''Authorized''' column for the SQL connections of his/her choice. All the checkboxes can be ticked / unticked except the '''DEFAULT''' SQL Connection checkbox.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{Video&lt;br /&gt;
| &amp;lt;mediaplayer width='400' height='300' image='http://www.xpert-technologies.ch/mediawikidev/images/f/fa/VID_Enable_the_connection_to_other_databases.png'&amp;gt;File:Creating_a_Position_OK.mp4&amp;lt;/mediaplayer&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
| Setting up a version without an administrator.&lt;br /&gt;
}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The authorized connections are then proposed to the Metis user when logged in.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Editing a Functionality Profile ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In the '''Functionality Profile''' sub-menu, the &amp;quot;Edit&amp;quot; button [[File:MetisSmartModelingEditButton.PNG|link=]] located above the main list allows the user/administrator to apply modifications to all properties related to the selected Functionality Profile. Selecting a Functionality Profile and clicking on it opens the '''Functionality Profile''' edition window where all related properties and information can be edited.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:MSM_Profiles_Fonctionalities_Smart_Modeling_Edit_Right.png|center|600x400px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For detailed descriptions of all information available in this window please refer to the section dedicated to the creation of a new Functionality Profile. Modifications applied to the selected Functionality Profile will only be saved once the Functionality Profile edition window is validated using the [[File:MetisSmartModelingOKButton.PNG|link=]] button at the bottom of the window. This will update the list displayed on the main screen. Using the &amp;quot;Cancel&amp;quot; [[File:MetisSmartModelingCancelButton.PNG|link=]] button discards all changes and closes the window.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If the administrator does not have the right to edit the properties of a profile, he/she receives the following message when trying to do so:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:MSM-Profiles-No-Right.png|center]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Previewing a Functionality Profile ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In the '''Functionality Profiles''' sub-menu, the &amp;quot;Preview&amp;quot; button [[File:MetisSmartModelingPreviewButton.PNG|link=]] located above the main list allows the user/administrator to see all properties and information related to the selected Functionality Profile. Selecting a Functionality Profile from the list and clicking on it opens the '''Functionality Profile''' preview window. For detailed descriptions of all information available in this window please refer to the section dedicated to the creation of a new Functionality Profile. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:MSM_Profiles_Fonctionalities_Smart_Quotes_Preview_Right.png|center|600x400px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{Note&lt;br /&gt;
| Edition of the information and properties displayed herein is not possible. If modification are necessary, the edition function described above should be used.&lt;br /&gt;
}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Deleting a Functionality Profile ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In the '''Functionality Profiles''' sub-menu, the &amp;quot;Delete&amp;quot; button [[File:MetisSmartModelingDeleteButton.PNG|link=]] located above the main list allows the user/administrator to delete the selected Functionality Profile. Selecting a Functionality Profile and clicking on it displays the following confirmation window.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:MSM_Profiles_Fonctionalities_Delete.png|center]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If the profile has been attributed to one or more users, the confirmation window indicates the number of users to which the profile has been attributed to. It also indicates if the profile is linked or used in one or more versions. Once the warning is confirmed, the selected Functionality Profile is removed from Metis Smart Suite and deleted from the Metis Database.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{Warning&lt;br /&gt;
| Profiles with a padlock icon cannot be deleted.&lt;br /&gt;
}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{Note&lt;br /&gt;
| The administrator cannot select several profiles at the same time.&lt;br /&gt;
}}&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Patrick</name></author>	</entry>

	<entry>
		<id>http://www.xpert-technologies.ch/mediawikidev/index.php?title=Description_of_the_Sub-Menu_Functionalities</id>
		<title>Description of the Sub-Menu Functionalities</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="http://www.xpert-technologies.ch/mediawikidev/index.php?title=Description_of_the_Sub-Menu_Functionalities"/>
				<updated>2013-11-05T15:40:40Z</updated>
		
		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Patrick: &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;In this sub-menu, the administrator can define and manage Functionnality Profiles. Those profiles represent a combination of settings to which a name has been given. These profiles can then be used linked to versions and/or specific users. The users listed in the version and/or the specific users will then inherit those functionnalities. Sample profiles are listed in the screenshot below.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:MSM_Profiles_Fonctionalities.png|center|600x400px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Functionality profiles can be defined for each product of the Metis Smart Suite:&lt;br /&gt;
* Smart Modeling&lt;br /&gt;
* Smart Monitoring&lt;br /&gt;
* Smart Quotes&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
These products are listed in the '''Application''' drop-down list. The administrator must first select an application from the drop-down menu to see the functionality profiles which exist for the selected application.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
On the left-hand side of the main window, a '''Search''' feature is found. It allows the user/administrator to find Functionality Profiles based on various criterion. The search is triggered by typing a keyword or only a letter in the fields above the &amp;quot;Search&amp;quot; button and then click on it. The results are then displayed below. Selecting a line from the result list will automatically select the corresponding entry in the main list.&lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The '''Profiles''' table consist of two columns:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* the first column may contain a padlock icon. If a padlock icon appears, this means that the profile cannot be deleted and its properties cannot be edited. Only an administrator of the '''parent version''' can edit the properties of this profile or delete that profile. &lt;br /&gt;
* the second column contains the designation of the profile. When creating a profile, the administrator can freely define this name.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The contents of the '''Profiles''' table can be sorted alphabetically. The administrator can search for a profile directly in the profile name column. To do so, the user must click on the magnifying glass icon then type in the name of the profile. The functionality profiles defined in this sub-menu are then made available throughout Metis Smart Modeling:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:MSM_Users_Employees_Edit_-_profiles.png|center|600x400px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{Note&lt;br /&gt;
| It is not possible to create a profile from scratch. Profiles can only be duplicated from existing ones and then edited accordingly.&lt;br /&gt;
}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable centre&amp;quot; width=&amp;quot;90%&amp;quot; style=&amp;quot;border-collapse: separate; border-spacing: 0; border-width: 1px; border-style: solid; border-color: grey;&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
! scope=col style=&amp;quot;border-style: solid; border-color: grey; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0&amp;quot; | Application&lt;br /&gt;
! scope=col style=&amp;quot;border-style: solid; border-color: grey; border-width: 0 0 1px 0&amp;quot; | Link to external document&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| width=&amp;quot;25%&amp;quot; style=&amp;quot;border-style: solid; border-color: grey; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0&amp;quot; |&lt;br /&gt;
'''Metis Smart Modeling'''&lt;br /&gt;
| width=&amp;quot;75%&amp;quot; style=&amp;quot;border-style: solid; border-color: grey; border-width: 0 0 1px 0&amp;quot; |&lt;br /&gt;
[[media:Xpert_Technologies_SA_-_Metis_Smart_Modeling_Rights_Structure_-_05.11.2013.pdf|Metis Smart Modeling Rights Structure]]&lt;br /&gt;
{{PDFlink|[http://http://www.xpert-technologies.ch/mediawikidev/images/5/5a/Xpert_Technologies_SA_-_Metis_Smart_Modeling_Rights_Structure_-_05.11.2013.pdf Link]|11&amp;amp;nbsp;KB}}&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| width=&amp;quot;25%&amp;quot; style=&amp;quot;border-style: solid; border-color: grey; border-width: 0 1px 0 0&amp;quot; |&lt;br /&gt;
'''Metis Smart Quotes'''&lt;br /&gt;
| width=&amp;quot;75%&amp;quot; style=&amp;quot;border-style: solid; border-color: grey; border-width: 0 0 0 0&amp;quot; |&lt;br /&gt;
[[media:Xpert_Technologies_SA_-_Metis_Smart_Quotes_Rights_Structure_-_05.11.2013.pdf|Metis Smart Quotes Rights Structure]]&lt;br /&gt;
{{PDFlink|[http://http://www.xpert-technologies.ch/mediawikidev/images/5/5a/Xpert_Technologies_SA_-_Metis_Smart_Quotes_Rights_Structure_-_05.11.2013.pdf Link]|38&amp;amp;nbsp;KB}}&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Creating a Duplicate Functionality Profile ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To create a new profile, the administrator must create a duplicate of an existing profile then edit it accordingly. To do so, the administrator must first select the application for which he wants to do so and then select a reference profile from the list, then click on the &amp;quot;Duplicate&amp;quot; button [[File:MetisSmartModelingDuplicateButton.PNG|link=]]. The profile features window appears as shown in the following example:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:MSM_Profiles_Fonctionalities_Smart_Modeling_Edit_Right.png|center|600x400px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
By default, the profile name field displays the name of the profile which has been selected. The administrator must provide another name for the profile. The profile name is freely definable, but limited to 50 characters.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
It is not possible to enter a profile name that already exists within the selected application. If the administrator tries to do so, the following message appears when saving the new profile.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:MSM-Profiles-Fonctionalitie.png|center]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The administrator can then edit the properties of the new profile (see [[#Editing a Functionality Profile|below]]). Please refer to the full list of features and settings sorted by application for more details.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{Video&lt;br /&gt;
| &amp;lt;mediaplayer width='400' height='300' image='http://www.xpert-technologies.ch/mediawikidev/images/a/a0/VID_CreatingSmartModelingFunctionalityProfile.PNG'&amp;gt;File:Creating_a_smart_modeling_functionality_profile_OK.mp4&amp;lt;/mediaplayer&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
| Creating a Smart Modeling Functionality Profile.&lt;br /&gt;
}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{Video&lt;br /&gt;
| &amp;lt;mediaplayer width='400' height='300' image='http://www.xpert-technologies.ch/mediawikidev/images/4/46/VID_CreatingASmartQuotesFunctionalityProfile.png'&amp;gt;File:Creating_a_Functionality_Profile_OK.mp4&amp;lt;/mediaplayer&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
| Creating a Smart Quotes Functionality Profile.&lt;br /&gt;
}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The properties of a profile are grouped within the following tabs:&lt;br /&gt;
* '''Rights''': the Metis user default settings and the functionalities that the Metis user has the right to use together the linked settings necessary to operate the corresponding functionality.&lt;br /&gt;
* '''Languages''': the language(s) that the Metis user is authorized to use.&lt;br /&gt;
* '''SQL connection''': the databases to which the Metis user can connect to and toward which databases data can be transferred.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Rights tab ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The '''Rights''' tab allows the administrator to define the rights and the settings which are then attributed to the Metis user or user group. They are broken down into a tree structure, as shown in the following example:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:MSM_Profiles_Fonctionalities_Smart_Quotes_Edit_Right.png|center|600x400px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The administrator can expand or collapse the complete '''Rights''' tree structure using the corresponding buttons at the bottom of the table.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The various rights are structured into levels and sub-levels. For example, for the Metis Smart Quote application, the topmost level is '''Smart Quotes Right Structure'''. This level encompasses all the sub-levels (e.g. '''Server Offline Connect''', '''Update''', etc.)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Items with a folder icon ([[File:FolderIcon.PNG]]) and a black background represent the title of a level. Items with a scepter icon ([[File:SceptreIcon.PNG]]) represent a right.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The '''Rights''' tab contains the following columns:&lt;br /&gt;
* Rights: designation of the right or the designation of the group to which the right belongs to&lt;br /&gt;
* Values: the value or the parameter of the right&lt;br /&gt;
* Right status: indicates if the right is accessible or not for a child version. A drop-down list allows the administrator to set the status of the right to either blank, '''Read Only''' or '''Invisible''', as shown in the following example:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{Video&lt;br /&gt;
| &amp;lt;mediaplayer width='400' height='300' image='http://www.xpert-technologies.ch/mediawikidev/images/a/a6/VID_Invisible_Read_Only.png'&amp;gt;File:Setting_a_right_to_invisible_or_read_only_OK.mp4&amp;lt;/mediaplayer&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
| Setting a right to invisible or read-only.&lt;br /&gt;
}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{Note&lt;br /&gt;
| The right status type behave as following. When left blank the administrator of a child version will be bale to set this right and/or setting for profiles he will create, a padlock icon is then displayed in the right-most column. When set to &amp;quot;read-only&amp;quot; he will be able to see what setting was inherited from the parent version but not apply any changes. When set to &amp;quot;invisible&amp;quot;, the right/setting will be hidden form the tree structure.&lt;br /&gt;
}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{Note&lt;br /&gt;
| The status defined for the rights affects duplicated functionality profiles that can be created by children versions. When an administrator of a child version duplicates a profile which has some values defined as '''Invisible''', the values remains invisible for the duplicated profile.&lt;br /&gt;
}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To edit the parameter of a right, double-click on the '''Values''' field. Depending upon the right type different edition possibilities will be shown.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* '''radio buttons''' : enable the user to select one option (example: to enable a functionality the available options will be &amp;quot;yes&amp;quot; and &amp;quot;no&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:MSM-Profiles-Fonctionalities-Yes-No.png|center]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* '''drop-down lists''' : enable the user to select one option form a list of possible settings or values&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:MSM-Profiles-Fonctionalities-List.png|center]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* '''text or number fields''' : enable the user to enter free text (example : server name for the update process)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:MSM-Profiles-Fonctionalities-Number.png|center]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* '''folder path / file name field(s)''' : enable the user to set a path or file name for the corresponding setting (example: folder for MS Word documents templates)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:MSM-Profiles-Fonctionalities-File.png|center]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The administrator has to select / define a value or to type in the required information then press the Enter key to save the setting.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{Warning&lt;br /&gt;
| Leaving a text field, a folder path or a file name empty may result in errors when the application try to use those settings.&lt;br /&gt;
}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Languages tab ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The '''Languages''' tab shows the languages that were made available for the version in the [[Description of the Menu Languages|Language menu]], as shown in the following example:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:MSM_Profiles_Fonctionalities_Smart_Quotes_Edit_Languages.png|center|600x400px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
By default, a language made available for the version is automatically selected in the '''Languages''' tab (i.e. the Authorized check-box is ticked). If the administrator wants to customize the language that the Metis user is authorized to use, he/she can untick the check-box in the '''Authorized''' column for the languages that the end user cannot use.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If no language is selected, the end user's default language is English. The languages defined as authorized in this menu are then made available in the end user's Setup menu.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{Note&lt;br /&gt;
| A maximum of 4 languages can be made available to a user.&lt;br /&gt;
}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== SQL connection tab ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The SQL connection tab contains a table listing all the SQL connections defined in the Data Management menu, in the [[Description of the Sub-Menu SQL Connections|SQL Connections submenu]]. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:MSM_Profiles_Fonctionalities_Smart_Quotes_Edit_SQL_Access.png|center|600x400px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The default SQL connection corresponds to the server name and database name that were defined the very first time that Metis was launched (see [[Metis Smart Modeling User Manual Home Page#Log In|Log In]]) or in the setup.ini file. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The SQL connections table allows the administrator to give the right to the Metis user to connect to other databases. To give access to a database, the administrator must tick the box in the '''Authorized''' column for the SQL connections of his/her choice. All the checkboxes can be ticked / unticked except the '''DEFAULT''' SQL Connection checkbox.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{Video&lt;br /&gt;
| &amp;lt;mediaplayer width='400' height='300' image='http://www.xpert-technologies.ch/mediawikidev/images/f/fa/VID_Enable_the_connection_to_other_databases.png'&amp;gt;File:Creating_a_Position_OK.mp4&amp;lt;/mediaplayer&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
| Setting up a version without an administrator.&lt;br /&gt;
}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The authorized connections are then proposed to the Metis user when logged in.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Editing a Functionality Profile ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In the '''Functionality Profile''' sub-menu, the &amp;quot;Edit&amp;quot; button [[File:MetisSmartModelingEditButton.PNG|link=]] located above the main list allows the user/administrator to apply modifications to all properties related to the selected Functionality Profile. Selecting a Functionality Profile and clicking on it opens the '''Functionality Profile''' edition window where all related properties and information can be edited.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:MSM_Profiles_Fonctionalities_Smart_Modeling_Edit_Right.png|center|600x400px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For detailed descriptions of all information available in this window please refer to the section dedicated to the creation of a new Functionality Profile. Modifications applied to the selected Functionality Profile will only be saved once the Functionality Profile edition window is validated using the [[File:MetisSmartModelingOKButton.PNG|link=]] button at the bottom of the window. This will update the list displayed on the main screen. Using the &amp;quot;Cancel&amp;quot; [[File:MetisSmartModelingCancelButton.PNG|link=]] button discards all changes and closes the window.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If the administrator does not have the right to edit the properties of a profile, he/she receives the following message when trying to do so:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:MSM-Profiles-No-Right.png|center]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Previewing a Functionality Profile ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In the '''Functionality Profiles''' sub-menu, the &amp;quot;Preview&amp;quot; button [[File:MetisSmartModelingPreviewButton.PNG|link=]] located above the main list allows the user/administrator to see all properties and information related to the selected Functionality Profile. Selecting a Functionality Profile from the list and clicking on it opens the '''Functionality Profile''' preview window. For detailed descriptions of all information available in this window please refer to the section dedicated to the creation of a new Functionality Profile. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:MSM_Profiles_Fonctionalities_Smart_Quotes_Preview_Right.png|center|600x400px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{Note&lt;br /&gt;
| Edition of the information and properties displayed herein is not possible. If modification are necessary, the edition function described above should be used.&lt;br /&gt;
}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Deleting a Functionality Profile ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In the '''Functionality Profiles''' sub-menu, the &amp;quot;Delete&amp;quot; button [[File:MetisSmartModelingDeleteButton.PNG|link=]] located above the main list allows the user/administrator to delete the selected Functionality Profile. Selecting a Functionality Profile and clicking on it displays the following confirmation window.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:MSM_Profiles_Fonctionalities_Delete.png|center]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If the profile has been attributed to one or more users, the confirmation window indicates the number of users to which the profile has been attributed to. It also indicates if the profile is linked or used in one or more versions. Once the warning is confirmed, the selected Functionality Profile is removed from Metis Smart Suite and deleted from the Metis Database.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{Warning&lt;br /&gt;
| Profiles with a padlock icon cannot be deleted.&lt;br /&gt;
}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{Note&lt;br /&gt;
| The administrator cannot select several profiles at the same time.&lt;br /&gt;
}}&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Patrick</name></author>	</entry>

	<entry>
		<id>http://www.xpert-technologies.ch/mediawikidev/index.php?title=Template:PDFlink</id>
		<title>Template:PDFlink</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="http://www.xpert-technologies.ch/mediawikidev/index.php?title=Template:PDFlink"/>
				<updated>2013-11-05T15:38:19Z</updated>
		
		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Patrick: Created page with &amp;quot;#content span.PDFlink a, #mw_content span.PDFlink a {     background: url(&amp;quot;http://upload.wikimedia.org/wikipedia/commons/2/23/Icons-mini-file_acrobat.gif&amp;quot;) center right no-repeat...&amp;quot;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;#content span.PDFlink a,&lt;br /&gt;
#mw_content span.PDFlink a {&lt;br /&gt;
    background: url(&amp;quot;http://upload.wikimedia.org/wikipedia/commons/2/23/Icons-mini-file_acrobat.gif&amp;quot;) center right no-repeat;&lt;br /&gt;
    padding-right: 18px;&lt;br /&gt;
}&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Patrick</name></author>	</entry>

	<entry>
		<id>http://www.xpert-technologies.ch/mediawikidev/index.php?title=Description_of_the_Sub-Menu_Functionalities</id>
		<title>Description of the Sub-Menu Functionalities</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="http://www.xpert-technologies.ch/mediawikidev/index.php?title=Description_of_the_Sub-Menu_Functionalities"/>
				<updated>2013-11-05T15:25:08Z</updated>
		
		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Patrick: &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;In this sub-menu, the administrator can define and manage Functionnality Profiles. Those profiles represent a combination of settings to which a name has been given. These profiles can then be used linked to versions and/or specific users. The users listed in the version and/or the specific users will then inherit those functionnalities. Sample profiles are listed in the screenshot below.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:MSM_Profiles_Fonctionalities.png|center|600x400px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Functionality profiles can be defined for each product of the Metis Smart Suite:&lt;br /&gt;
* Smart Modeling&lt;br /&gt;
* Smart Monitoring&lt;br /&gt;
* Smart Quotes&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
These products are listed in the '''Application''' drop-down list. The administrator must first select an application from the drop-down menu to see the functionality profiles which exist for the selected application.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
On the left-hand side of the main window, a '''Search''' feature is found. It allows the user/administrator to find Functionality Profiles based on various criterion. The search is triggered by typing a keyword or only a letter in the fields above the &amp;quot;Search&amp;quot; button and then click on it. The results are then displayed below. Selecting a line from the result list will automatically select the corresponding entry in the main list.&lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The '''Profiles''' table consist of two columns:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* the first column may contain a padlock icon. If a padlock icon appears, this means that the profile cannot be deleted and its properties cannot be edited. Only an administrator of the '''parent version''' can edit the properties of this profile or delete that profile. &lt;br /&gt;
* the second column contains the designation of the profile. When creating a profile, the administrator can freely define this name.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The contents of the '''Profiles''' table can be sorted alphabetically. The administrator can search for a profile directly in the profile name column. To do so, the user must click on the magnifying glass icon then type in the name of the profile. The functionality profiles defined in this sub-menu are then made available throughout Metis Smart Modeling:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:MSM_Users_Employees_Edit_-_profiles.png|center|600x400px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{Note&lt;br /&gt;
| It is not possible to create a profile from scratch. Profiles can only be duplicated from existing ones and then edited accordingly.&lt;br /&gt;
}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable centre&amp;quot; width=&amp;quot;90%&amp;quot; style=&amp;quot;border-collapse: separate; border-spacing: 0; border-width: 1px; border-style: solid; border-color: grey;&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
! scope=col style=&amp;quot;border-style: solid; border-color: grey; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0&amp;quot; | Application&lt;br /&gt;
! scope=col style=&amp;quot;border-style: solid; border-color: grey; border-width: 0 0 1px 0&amp;quot; | Link to external document&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| width=&amp;quot;25%&amp;quot; style=&amp;quot;border-style: solid; border-color: grey; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0&amp;quot; |&lt;br /&gt;
'''Metis Smart Modeling'''&lt;br /&gt;
| width=&amp;quot;75%&amp;quot; style=&amp;quot;border-style: solid; border-color: grey; border-width: 0 0 1px 0&amp;quot; |&lt;br /&gt;
[[media:Xpert_Technologies_SA_-_Metis_Smart_Modeling_Rights_Structure_-_05.11.2013.pdf|Metis Smart Modeling Rights Structure]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| width=&amp;quot;25%&amp;quot; style=&amp;quot;border-style: solid; border-color: grey; border-width: 0 1px 0 0&amp;quot; |&lt;br /&gt;
'''Metis Smart Quotes'''&lt;br /&gt;
| width=&amp;quot;75%&amp;quot; style=&amp;quot;border-style: solid; border-color: grey; border-width: 0 0 0 0&amp;quot; |&lt;br /&gt;
[[media:Xpert_Technologies_SA_-_Metis_Smart_Quotes_Rights_Structure_-_05.11.2013.pdf|Metis Smart Quotes Rights Structure]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Creating a Duplicate Functionality Profile ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To create a new profile, the administrator must create a duplicate of an existing profile then edit it accordingly. To do so, the administrator must first select the application for which he wants to do so and then select a reference profile from the list, then click on the &amp;quot;Duplicate&amp;quot; button [[File:MetisSmartModelingDuplicateButton.PNG|link=]]. The profile features window appears as shown in the following example:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:MSM_Profiles_Fonctionalities_Smart_Modeling_Edit_Right.png|center|600x400px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
By default, the profile name field displays the name of the profile which has been selected. The administrator must provide another name for the profile. The profile name is freely definable, but limited to 50 characters.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
It is not possible to enter a profile name that already exists within the selected application. If the administrator tries to do so, the following message appears when saving the new profile.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:MSM-Profiles-Fonctionalitie.png|center]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The administrator can then edit the properties of the new profile (see [[#Editing a Functionality Profile|below]]). Please refer to the full list of features and settings sorted by application for more details.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{Video&lt;br /&gt;
| &amp;lt;mediaplayer width='400' height='300' image='http://www.xpert-technologies.ch/mediawikidev/images/a/a0/VID_CreatingSmartModelingFunctionalityProfile.PNG'&amp;gt;File:Creating_a_smart_modeling_functionality_profile_OK.mp4&amp;lt;/mediaplayer&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
| Creating a Smart Modeling Functionality Profile.&lt;br /&gt;
}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{Video&lt;br /&gt;
| &amp;lt;mediaplayer width='400' height='300' image='http://www.xpert-technologies.ch/mediawikidev/images/4/46/VID_CreatingASmartQuotesFunctionalityProfile.png'&amp;gt;File:Creating_a_Functionality_Profile_OK.mp4&amp;lt;/mediaplayer&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
| Creating a Smart Quotes Functionality Profile.&lt;br /&gt;
}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The properties of a profile are grouped within the following tabs:&lt;br /&gt;
* '''Rights''': the Metis user default settings and the functionalities that the Metis user has the right to use together the linked settings necessary to operate the corresponding functionality.&lt;br /&gt;
* '''Languages''': the language(s) that the Metis user is authorized to use.&lt;br /&gt;
* '''SQL connection''': the databases to which the Metis user can connect to and toward which databases data can be transferred.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Rights tab ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The '''Rights''' tab allows the administrator to define the rights and the settings which are then attributed to the Metis user or user group. They are broken down into a tree structure, as shown in the following example:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:MSM_Profiles_Fonctionalities_Smart_Quotes_Edit_Right.png|center|600x400px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The administrator can expand or collapse the complete '''Rights''' tree structure using the corresponding buttons at the bottom of the table.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The various rights are structured into levels and sub-levels. For example, for the Metis Smart Quote application, the topmost level is '''Smart Quotes Right Structure'''. This level encompasses all the sub-levels (e.g. '''Server Offline Connect''', '''Update''', etc.)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Items with a folder icon ([[File:FolderIcon.PNG]]) and a black background represent the title of a level. Items with a scepter icon ([[File:SceptreIcon.PNG]]) represent a right.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The '''Rights''' tab contains the following columns:&lt;br /&gt;
* Rights: designation of the right or the designation of the group to which the right belongs to&lt;br /&gt;
* Values: the value or the parameter of the right&lt;br /&gt;
* Right status: indicates if the right is accessible or not for a child version. A drop-down list allows the administrator to set the status of the right to either blank, '''Read Only''' or '''Invisible''', as shown in the following example:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{Video&lt;br /&gt;
| &amp;lt;mediaplayer width='400' height='300' image='http://www.xpert-technologies.ch/mediawikidev/images/a/a6/VID_Invisible_Read_Only.png'&amp;gt;File:Setting_a_right_to_invisible_or_read_only_OK.mp4&amp;lt;/mediaplayer&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
| Setting a right to invisible or read-only.&lt;br /&gt;
}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{Note&lt;br /&gt;
| The right status type behave as following. When left blank the administrator of a child version will be bale to set this right and/or setting for profiles he will create, a padlock icon is then displayed in the right-most column. When set to &amp;quot;read-only&amp;quot; he will be able to see what setting was inherited from the parent version but not apply any changes. When set to &amp;quot;invisible&amp;quot;, the right/setting will be hidden form the tree structure.&lt;br /&gt;
}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{Note&lt;br /&gt;
| The status defined for the rights affects duplicated functionality profiles that can be created by children versions. When an administrator of a child version duplicates a profile which has some values defined as '''Invisible''', the values remains invisible for the duplicated profile.&lt;br /&gt;
}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To edit the parameter of a right, double-click on the '''Values''' field. Depending upon the right type different edition possibilities will be shown.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* '''radio buttons''' : enable the user to select one option (example: to enable a functionality the available options will be &amp;quot;yes&amp;quot; and &amp;quot;no&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:MSM-Profiles-Fonctionalities-Yes-No.png|center]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* '''drop-down lists''' : enable the user to select one option form a list of possible settings or values&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:MSM-Profiles-Fonctionalities-List.png|center]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* '''text or number fields''' : enable the user to enter free text (example : server name for the update process)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:MSM-Profiles-Fonctionalities-Number.png|center]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* '''folder path / file name field(s)''' : enable the user to set a path or file name for the corresponding setting (example: folder for MS Word documents templates)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:MSM-Profiles-Fonctionalities-File.png|center]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The administrator has to select / define a value or to type in the required information then press the Enter key to save the setting.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{Warning&lt;br /&gt;
| Leaving a text field, a folder path or a file name empty may result in errors when the application try to use those settings.&lt;br /&gt;
}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Languages tab ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The '''Languages''' tab shows the languages that were made available for the version in the [[Description of the Menu Languages|Language menu]], as shown in the following example:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:MSM_Profiles_Fonctionalities_Smart_Quotes_Edit_Languages.png|center|600x400px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
By default, a language made available for the version is automatically selected in the '''Languages''' tab (i.e. the Authorized check-box is ticked). If the administrator wants to customize the language that the Metis user is authorized to use, he/she can untick the check-box in the '''Authorized''' column for the languages that the end user cannot use.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If no language is selected, the end user's default language is English. The languages defined as authorized in this menu are then made available in the end user's Setup menu.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{Note&lt;br /&gt;
| A maximum of 4 languages can be made available to a user.&lt;br /&gt;
}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== SQL connection tab ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The SQL connection tab contains a table listing all the SQL connections defined in the Data Management menu, in the [[Description of the Sub-Menu SQL Connections|SQL Connections submenu]]. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:MSM_Profiles_Fonctionalities_Smart_Quotes_Edit_SQL_Access.png|center|600x400px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The default SQL connection corresponds to the server name and database name that were defined the very first time that Metis was launched (see [[Metis Smart Modeling User Manual Home Page#Log In|Log In]]) or in the setup.ini file. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The SQL connections table allows the administrator to give the right to the Metis user to connect to other databases. To give access to a database, the administrator must tick the box in the '''Authorized''' column for the SQL connections of his/her choice. All the checkboxes can be ticked / unticked except the '''DEFAULT''' SQL Connection checkbox.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{Video&lt;br /&gt;
| &amp;lt;mediaplayer width='400' height='300' image='http://www.xpert-technologies.ch/mediawikidev/images/f/fa/VID_Enable_the_connection_to_other_databases.png'&amp;gt;File:Creating_a_Position_OK.mp4&amp;lt;/mediaplayer&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
| Setting up a version without an administrator.&lt;br /&gt;
}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The authorized connections are then proposed to the Metis user when logged in.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Editing a Functionality Profile ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In the '''Functionality Profile''' sub-menu, the &amp;quot;Edit&amp;quot; button [[File:MetisSmartModelingEditButton.PNG|link=]] located above the main list allows the user/administrator to apply modifications to all properties related to the selected Functionality Profile. Selecting a Functionality Profile and clicking on it opens the '''Functionality Profile''' edition window where all related properties and information can be edited.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:MSM_Profiles_Fonctionalities_Smart_Modeling_Edit_Right.png|center|600x400px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For detailed descriptions of all information available in this window please refer to the section dedicated to the creation of a new Functionality Profile. Modifications applied to the selected Functionality Profile will only be saved once the Functionality Profile edition window is validated using the [[File:MetisSmartModelingOKButton.PNG|link=]] button at the bottom of the window. This will update the list displayed on the main screen. Using the &amp;quot;Cancel&amp;quot; [[File:MetisSmartModelingCancelButton.PNG|link=]] button discards all changes and closes the window.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If the administrator does not have the right to edit the properties of a profile, he/she receives the following message when trying to do so:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:MSM-Profiles-No-Right.png|center]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Previewing a Functionality Profile ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In the '''Functionality Profiles''' sub-menu, the &amp;quot;Preview&amp;quot; button [[File:MetisSmartModelingPreviewButton.PNG|link=]] located above the main list allows the user/administrator to see all properties and information related to the selected Functionality Profile. Selecting a Functionality Profile from the list and clicking on it opens the '''Functionality Profile''' preview window. For detailed descriptions of all information available in this window please refer to the section dedicated to the creation of a new Functionality Profile. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:MSM_Profiles_Fonctionalities_Smart_Quotes_Preview_Right.png|center|600x400px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{Note&lt;br /&gt;
| Edition of the information and properties displayed herein is not possible. If modification are necessary, the edition function described above should be used.&lt;br /&gt;
}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Deleting a Functionality Profile ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In the '''Functionality Profiles''' sub-menu, the &amp;quot;Delete&amp;quot; button [[File:MetisSmartModelingDeleteButton.PNG|link=]] located above the main list allows the user/administrator to delete the selected Functionality Profile. Selecting a Functionality Profile and clicking on it displays the following confirmation window.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:MSM_Profiles_Fonctionalities_Delete.png|center]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If the profile has been attributed to one or more users, the confirmation window indicates the number of users to which the profile has been attributed to. It also indicates if the profile is linked or used in one or more versions. Once the warning is confirmed, the selected Functionality Profile is removed from Metis Smart Suite and deleted from the Metis Database.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{Warning&lt;br /&gt;
| Profiles with a padlock icon cannot be deleted.&lt;br /&gt;
}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{Note&lt;br /&gt;
| The administrator cannot select several profiles at the same time.&lt;br /&gt;
}}&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Patrick</name></author>	</entry>

	<entry>
		<id>http://www.xpert-technologies.ch/mediawikidev/index.php?title=Description_of_the_Sub-Menu_Functionalities</id>
		<title>Description of the Sub-Menu Functionalities</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="http://www.xpert-technologies.ch/mediawikidev/index.php?title=Description_of_the_Sub-Menu_Functionalities"/>
				<updated>2013-11-05T15:23:05Z</updated>
		
		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Patrick: &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;In this sub-menu, the administrator can define and manage Functionnality Profiles. Those profiles represent a combination of settings to which a name has been given. These profiles can then be used linked to versions and/or specific users. The users listed in the version and/or the specific users will then inherit those functionnalities. Sample profiles are listed in the screenshot below.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:MSM_Profiles_Fonctionalities.png|center|600x400px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Functionality profiles can be defined for each product of the Metis Smart Suite:&lt;br /&gt;
* Smart Modeling&lt;br /&gt;
* Smart Monitoring&lt;br /&gt;
* Smart Quotes&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
These products are listed in the '''Application''' drop-down list. The administrator must first select an application from the drop-down menu to see the functionality profiles which exist for the selected application.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
On the left-hand side of the main window, a '''Search''' feature is found. It allows the user/administrator to find Functionality Profiles based on various criterion. The search is triggered by typing a keyword or only a letter in the fields above the &amp;quot;Search&amp;quot; button and then click on it. The results are then displayed below. Selecting a line from the result list will automatically select the corresponding entry in the main list.&lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The '''Profiles''' table consist of two columns:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* the first column may contain a padlock icon. If a padlock icon appears, this means that the profile cannot be deleted and its properties cannot be edited. Only an administrator of the '''parent version''' can edit the properties of this profile or delete that profile. &lt;br /&gt;
* the second column contains the designation of the profile. When creating a profile, the administrator can freely define this name.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The contents of the '''Profiles''' table can be sorted alphabetically. The administrator can search for a profile directly in the profile name column. To do so, the user must click on the magnifying glass icon then type in the name of the profile. The functionality profiles defined in this sub-menu are then made available throughout Metis Smart Modeling:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:MSM_Users_Employees_Edit_-_profiles.png|center|600x400px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{Note&lt;br /&gt;
| It is not possible to create a profile from scratch. Profiles can only be duplicated from existing ones and then edited accordingly.&lt;br /&gt;
}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable centre&amp;quot; width=&amp;quot;90%&amp;quot; style=&amp;quot;border-collapse: separate; border-spacing: 0; border-width: 1px; border-style: solid; border-color: grey;&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
! scope=col style=&amp;quot;border-style: solid; border-color: grey; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0&amp;quot; | Application&lt;br /&gt;
! scope=col style=&amp;quot;border-style: solid; border-color: grey; border-width: 0 0 1px 0&amp;quot; | Link to external document&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| width=&amp;quot;25%&amp;quot; style=&amp;quot;border-style: solid; border-color: grey; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0&amp;quot; |&lt;br /&gt;
'''Metis Smart Modeling'''&lt;br /&gt;
| width=&amp;quot;75%&amp;quot; style=&amp;quot;border-style: solid; border-color: grey; border-width: 0 0 1px 0&amp;quot; |&lt;br /&gt;
The [[media:Xpert_Technologies_SA_-_Metis_Smart_Modeling_Rights_Structure_-_05.11.2013.pdf|Metis Smart Modeling Rights Structure]] rule tests an input and calculates the defined output based on a simple logical relation.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| width=&amp;quot;25%&amp;quot; style=&amp;quot;border-style: solid; border-color: grey; border-width: 0 1px 0 0&amp;quot; |&lt;br /&gt;
'''Metis Smart Quotes'''&lt;br /&gt;
| width=&amp;quot;75%&amp;quot; style=&amp;quot;border-style: solid; border-color: grey; border-width: 0 0 0 0&amp;quot; |&lt;br /&gt;
The goal of an [[Xpert_Technologies_SA_-_Metis_Smart_Modeling_Rights_Structure_-_05.11.2013.pdf|external rule]] is to use a third party application (software) to calculate the output of a rule.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Creating a Duplicate Functionality Profile ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To create a new profile, the administrator must create a duplicate of an existing profile then edit it accordingly. To do so, the administrator must first select the application for which he wants to do so and then select a reference profile from the list, then click on the &amp;quot;Duplicate&amp;quot; button [[File:MetisSmartModelingDuplicateButton.PNG|link=]]. The profile features window appears as shown in the following example:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:MSM_Profiles_Fonctionalities_Smart_Modeling_Edit_Right.png|center|600x400px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
By default, the profile name field displays the name of the profile which has been selected. The administrator must provide another name for the profile. The profile name is freely definable, but limited to 50 characters.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
It is not possible to enter a profile name that already exists within the selected application. If the administrator tries to do so, the following message appears when saving the new profile.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:MSM-Profiles-Fonctionalitie.png|center]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The administrator can then edit the properties of the new profile (see [[#Editing a Functionality Profile|below]]). Please refer to the full list of features and settings sorted by application for more details.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{Video&lt;br /&gt;
| &amp;lt;mediaplayer width='400' height='300' image='http://www.xpert-technologies.ch/mediawikidev/images/a/a0/VID_CreatingSmartModelingFunctionalityProfile.PNG'&amp;gt;File:Creating_a_smart_modeling_functionality_profile_OK.mp4&amp;lt;/mediaplayer&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
| Creating a Smart Modeling Functionality Profile.&lt;br /&gt;
}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{Video&lt;br /&gt;
| &amp;lt;mediaplayer width='400' height='300' image='http://www.xpert-technologies.ch/mediawikidev/images/4/46/VID_CreatingASmartQuotesFunctionalityProfile.png'&amp;gt;File:Creating_a_Functionality_Profile_OK.mp4&amp;lt;/mediaplayer&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
| Creating a Smart Quotes Functionality Profile.&lt;br /&gt;
}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The properties of a profile are grouped within the following tabs:&lt;br /&gt;
* '''Rights''': the Metis user default settings and the functionalities that the Metis user has the right to use together the linked settings necessary to operate the corresponding functionality.&lt;br /&gt;
* '''Languages''': the language(s) that the Metis user is authorized to use.&lt;br /&gt;
* '''SQL connection''': the databases to which the Metis user can connect to and toward which databases data can be transferred.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Rights tab ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The '''Rights''' tab allows the administrator to define the rights and the settings which are then attributed to the Metis user or user group. They are broken down into a tree structure, as shown in the following example:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:MSM_Profiles_Fonctionalities_Smart_Quotes_Edit_Right.png|center|600x400px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The administrator can expand or collapse the complete '''Rights''' tree structure using the corresponding buttons at the bottom of the table.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The various rights are structured into levels and sub-levels. For example, for the Metis Smart Quote application, the topmost level is '''Smart Quotes Right Structure'''. This level encompasses all the sub-levels (e.g. '''Server Offline Connect''', '''Update''', etc.)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Items with a folder icon ([[File:FolderIcon.PNG]]) and a black background represent the title of a level. Items with a scepter icon ([[File:SceptreIcon.PNG]]) represent a right.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The '''Rights''' tab contains the following columns:&lt;br /&gt;
* Rights: designation of the right or the designation of the group to which the right belongs to&lt;br /&gt;
* Values: the value or the parameter of the right&lt;br /&gt;
* Right status: indicates if the right is accessible or not for a child version. A drop-down list allows the administrator to set the status of the right to either blank, '''Read Only''' or '''Invisible''', as shown in the following example:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{Video&lt;br /&gt;
| &amp;lt;mediaplayer width='400' height='300' image='http://www.xpert-technologies.ch/mediawikidev/images/a/a6/VID_Invisible_Read_Only.png'&amp;gt;File:Setting_a_right_to_invisible_or_read_only_OK.mp4&amp;lt;/mediaplayer&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
| Setting a right to invisible or read-only.&lt;br /&gt;
}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{Note&lt;br /&gt;
| The right status type behave as following. When left blank the administrator of a child version will be bale to set this right and/or setting for profiles he will create, a padlock icon is then displayed in the right-most column. When set to &amp;quot;read-only&amp;quot; he will be able to see what setting was inherited from the parent version but not apply any changes. When set to &amp;quot;invisible&amp;quot;, the right/setting will be hidden form the tree structure.&lt;br /&gt;
}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{Note&lt;br /&gt;
| The status defined for the rights affects duplicated functionality profiles that can be created by children versions. When an administrator of a child version duplicates a profile which has some values defined as '''Invisible''', the values remains invisible for the duplicated profile.&lt;br /&gt;
}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To edit the parameter of a right, double-click on the '''Values''' field. Depending upon the right type different edition possibilities will be shown.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* '''radio buttons''' : enable the user to select one option (example: to enable a functionality the available options will be &amp;quot;yes&amp;quot; and &amp;quot;no&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:MSM-Profiles-Fonctionalities-Yes-No.png|center]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* '''drop-down lists''' : enable the user to select one option form a list of possible settings or values&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:MSM-Profiles-Fonctionalities-List.png|center]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* '''text or number fields''' : enable the user to enter free text (example : server name for the update process)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:MSM-Profiles-Fonctionalities-Number.png|center]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* '''folder path / file name field(s)''' : enable the user to set a path or file name for the corresponding setting (example: folder for MS Word documents templates)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:MSM-Profiles-Fonctionalities-File.png|center]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The administrator has to select / define a value or to type in the required information then press the Enter key to save the setting.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{Warning&lt;br /&gt;
| Leaving a text field, a folder path or a file name empty may result in errors when the application try to use those settings.&lt;br /&gt;
}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Languages tab ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The '''Languages''' tab shows the languages that were made available for the version in the [[Description of the Menu Languages|Language menu]], as shown in the following example:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:MSM_Profiles_Fonctionalities_Smart_Quotes_Edit_Languages.png|center|600x400px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
By default, a language made available for the version is automatically selected in the '''Languages''' tab (i.e. the Authorized check-box is ticked). If the administrator wants to customize the language that the Metis user is authorized to use, he/she can untick the check-box in the '''Authorized''' column for the languages that the end user cannot use.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If no language is selected, the end user's default language is English. The languages defined as authorized in this menu are then made available in the end user's Setup menu.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{Note&lt;br /&gt;
| A maximum of 4 languages can be made available to a user.&lt;br /&gt;
}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== SQL connection tab ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The SQL connection tab contains a table listing all the SQL connections defined in the Data Management menu, in the [[Description of the Sub-Menu SQL Connections|SQL Connections submenu]]. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:MSM_Profiles_Fonctionalities_Smart_Quotes_Edit_SQL_Access.png|center|600x400px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The default SQL connection corresponds to the server name and database name that were defined the very first time that Metis was launched (see [[Metis Smart Modeling User Manual Home Page#Log In|Log In]]) or in the setup.ini file. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The SQL connections table allows the administrator to give the right to the Metis user to connect to other databases. To give access to a database, the administrator must tick the box in the '''Authorized''' column for the SQL connections of his/her choice. All the checkboxes can be ticked / unticked except the '''DEFAULT''' SQL Connection checkbox.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{Video&lt;br /&gt;
| &amp;lt;mediaplayer width='400' height='300' image='http://www.xpert-technologies.ch/mediawikidev/images/f/fa/VID_Enable_the_connection_to_other_databases.png'&amp;gt;File:Creating_a_Position_OK.mp4&amp;lt;/mediaplayer&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
| Setting up a version without an administrator.&lt;br /&gt;
}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The authorized connections are then proposed to the Metis user when logged in.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Editing a Functionality Profile ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In the '''Functionality Profile''' sub-menu, the &amp;quot;Edit&amp;quot; button [[File:MetisSmartModelingEditButton.PNG|link=]] located above the main list allows the user/administrator to apply modifications to all properties related to the selected Functionality Profile. Selecting a Functionality Profile and clicking on it opens the '''Functionality Profile''' edition window where all related properties and information can be edited.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:MSM_Profiles_Fonctionalities_Smart_Modeling_Edit_Right.png|center|600x400px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For detailed descriptions of all information available in this window please refer to the section dedicated to the creation of a new Functionality Profile. Modifications applied to the selected Functionality Profile will only be saved once the Functionality Profile edition window is validated using the [[File:MetisSmartModelingOKButton.PNG|link=]] button at the bottom of the window. This will update the list displayed on the main screen. Using the &amp;quot;Cancel&amp;quot; [[File:MetisSmartModelingCancelButton.PNG|link=]] button discards all changes and closes the window.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If the administrator does not have the right to edit the properties of a profile, he/she receives the following message when trying to do so:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:MSM-Profiles-No-Right.png|center]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Previewing a Functionality Profile ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In the '''Functionality Profiles''' sub-menu, the &amp;quot;Preview&amp;quot; button [[File:MetisSmartModelingPreviewButton.PNG|link=]] located above the main list allows the user/administrator to see all properties and information related to the selected Functionality Profile. Selecting a Functionality Profile from the list and clicking on it opens the '''Functionality Profile''' preview window. For detailed descriptions of all information available in this window please refer to the section dedicated to the creation of a new Functionality Profile. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:MSM_Profiles_Fonctionalities_Smart_Quotes_Preview_Right.png|center|600x400px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{Note&lt;br /&gt;
| Edition of the information and properties displayed herein is not possible. If modification are necessary, the edition function described above should be used.&lt;br /&gt;
}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Deleting a Functionality Profile ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In the '''Functionality Profiles''' sub-menu, the &amp;quot;Delete&amp;quot; button [[File:MetisSmartModelingDeleteButton.PNG|link=]] located above the main list allows the user/administrator to delete the selected Functionality Profile. Selecting a Functionality Profile and clicking on it displays the following confirmation window.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:MSM_Profiles_Fonctionalities_Delete.png|center]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If the profile has been attributed to one or more users, the confirmation window indicates the number of users to which the profile has been attributed to. It also indicates if the profile is linked or used in one or more versions. Once the warning is confirmed, the selected Functionality Profile is removed from Metis Smart Suite and deleted from the Metis Database.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{Warning&lt;br /&gt;
| Profiles with a padlock icon cannot be deleted.&lt;br /&gt;
}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{Note&lt;br /&gt;
| The administrator cannot select several profiles at the same time.&lt;br /&gt;
}}&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Patrick</name></author>	</entry>

	<entry>
		<id>http://www.xpert-technologies.ch/mediawikidev/index.php?title=Description_of_the_Sub-Menu_Functionalities</id>
		<title>Description of the Sub-Menu Functionalities</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="http://www.xpert-technologies.ch/mediawikidev/index.php?title=Description_of_the_Sub-Menu_Functionalities"/>
				<updated>2013-11-05T15:17:34Z</updated>
		
		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Patrick: &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;In this sub-menu, the administrator can define and manage Functionnality Profiles. Those profiles represent a combination of settings to which a name has been given. These profiles can then be used linked to versions and/or specific users. The users listed in the version and/or the specific users will then inherit those functionnalities. Sample profiles are listed in the screenshot below.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:MSM_Profiles_Fonctionalities.png|center|600x400px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Functionality profiles can be defined for each product of the Metis Smart Suite:&lt;br /&gt;
* Smart Modeling&lt;br /&gt;
* Smart Monitoring&lt;br /&gt;
* Smart Quotes&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
These products are listed in the '''Application''' drop-down list. The administrator must first select an application from the drop-down menu to see the functionality profiles which exist for the selected application.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
On the left-hand side of the main window, a '''Search''' feature is found. It allows the user/administrator to find Functionality Profiles based on various criterion. The search is triggered by typing a keyword or only a letter in the fields above the &amp;quot;Search&amp;quot; button and then click on it. The results are then displayed below. Selecting a line from the result list will automatically select the corresponding entry in the main list.&lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The '''Profiles''' table consist of two columns:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* the first column may contain a padlock icon. If a padlock icon appears, this means that the profile cannot be deleted and its properties cannot be edited. Only an administrator of the '''parent version''' can edit the properties of this profile or delete that profile. &lt;br /&gt;
* the second column contains the designation of the profile. When creating a profile, the administrator can freely define this name.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The contents of the '''Profiles''' table can be sorted alphabetically. The administrator can search for a profile directly in the profile name column. To do so, the user must click on the magnifying glass icon then type in the name of the profile. The functionality profiles defined in this sub-menu are then made available throughout Metis Smart Modeling:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:MSM_Users_Employees_Edit_-_profiles.png|center|600x400px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{Note&lt;br /&gt;
| It is not possible to create a profile from scratch. Profiles can only be duplicated from existing ones and then edited accordingly.&lt;br /&gt;
}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable centre&amp;quot; width=&amp;quot;90%&amp;quot; style=&amp;quot;border-collapse: separate; border-spacing: 0; border-width: 1px; border-style: solid; border-color: grey;&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
! scope=col style=&amp;quot;border-style: solid; border-color: grey; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0&amp;quot; | Application&lt;br /&gt;
! scope=col style=&amp;quot;border-style: solid; border-color: grey; border-width: 0 0 1px 0&amp;quot; | Link to external document&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| width=&amp;quot;25%&amp;quot; style=&amp;quot;border-style: solid; border-color: grey; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0&amp;quot; |&lt;br /&gt;
'''Metis Smart Modeling'''&lt;br /&gt;
| width=&amp;quot;75%&amp;quot; style=&amp;quot;border-style: solid; border-color: grey; border-width: 0 0 1px 0&amp;quot; |&lt;br /&gt;
The [[http://www.xpert-technologies.ch/mediawikidev/images/5/5a/Xpert_Technologies_SA_-_Metis_Smart_Modeling_Rights_Structure_-_05.11.2013.pdf|Single Selection]] rule tests an input and calculates the defined output based on a simple logical relation.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| width=&amp;quot;25%&amp;quot; style=&amp;quot;border-style: solid; border-color: grey; border-width: 0 1px 0 0&amp;quot; |&lt;br /&gt;
'''Metis Smart Quotes'''&lt;br /&gt;
| width=&amp;quot;75%&amp;quot; style=&amp;quot;border-style: solid; border-color: grey; border-width: 0 0 0 0&amp;quot; |&lt;br /&gt;
The goal of an [[Xpert_Technologies_SA_-_Metis_Smart_Modeling_Rights_Structure_-_05.11.2013.pdf|external rule]] is to use a third party application (software) to calculate the output of a rule.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Creating a Duplicate Functionality Profile ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To create a new profile, the administrator must create a duplicate of an existing profile then edit it accordingly. To do so, the administrator must first select the application for which he wants to do so and then select a reference profile from the list, then click on the &amp;quot;Duplicate&amp;quot; button [[File:MetisSmartModelingDuplicateButton.PNG|link=]]. The profile features window appears as shown in the following example:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:MSM_Profiles_Fonctionalities_Smart_Modeling_Edit_Right.png|center|600x400px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
By default, the profile name field displays the name of the profile which has been selected. The administrator must provide another name for the profile. The profile name is freely definable, but limited to 50 characters.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
It is not possible to enter a profile name that already exists within the selected application. If the administrator tries to do so, the following message appears when saving the new profile.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:MSM-Profiles-Fonctionalitie.png|center]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The administrator can then edit the properties of the new profile (see [[#Editing a Functionality Profile|below]]). Please refer to the full list of features and settings sorted by application for more details.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{Video&lt;br /&gt;
| &amp;lt;mediaplayer width='400' height='300' image='http://www.xpert-technologies.ch/mediawikidev/images/a/a0/VID_CreatingSmartModelingFunctionalityProfile.PNG'&amp;gt;File:Creating_a_smart_modeling_functionality_profile_OK.mp4&amp;lt;/mediaplayer&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
| Creating a Smart Modeling Functionality Profile.&lt;br /&gt;
}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{Video&lt;br /&gt;
| &amp;lt;mediaplayer width='400' height='300' image='http://www.xpert-technologies.ch/mediawikidev/images/4/46/VID_CreatingASmartQuotesFunctionalityProfile.png'&amp;gt;File:Creating_a_Functionality_Profile_OK.mp4&amp;lt;/mediaplayer&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
| Creating a Smart Quotes Functionality Profile.&lt;br /&gt;
}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The properties of a profile are grouped within the following tabs:&lt;br /&gt;
* '''Rights''': the Metis user default settings and the functionalities that the Metis user has the right to use together the linked settings necessary to operate the corresponding functionality.&lt;br /&gt;
* '''Languages''': the language(s) that the Metis user is authorized to use.&lt;br /&gt;
* '''SQL connection''': the databases to which the Metis user can connect to and toward which databases data can be transferred.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Rights tab ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The '''Rights''' tab allows the administrator to define the rights and the settings which are then attributed to the Metis user or user group. They are broken down into a tree structure, as shown in the following example:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:MSM_Profiles_Fonctionalities_Smart_Quotes_Edit_Right.png|center|600x400px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The administrator can expand or collapse the complete '''Rights''' tree structure using the corresponding buttons at the bottom of the table.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The various rights are structured into levels and sub-levels. For example, for the Metis Smart Quote application, the topmost level is '''Smart Quotes Right Structure'''. This level encompasses all the sub-levels (e.g. '''Server Offline Connect''', '''Update''', etc.)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Items with a folder icon ([[File:FolderIcon.PNG]]) and a black background represent the title of a level. Items with a scepter icon ([[File:SceptreIcon.PNG]]) represent a right.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The '''Rights''' tab contains the following columns:&lt;br /&gt;
* Rights: designation of the right or the designation of the group to which the right belongs to&lt;br /&gt;
* Values: the value or the parameter of the right&lt;br /&gt;
* Right status: indicates if the right is accessible or not for a child version. A drop-down list allows the administrator to set the status of the right to either blank, '''Read Only''' or '''Invisible''', as shown in the following example:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{Video&lt;br /&gt;
| &amp;lt;mediaplayer width='400' height='300' image='http://www.xpert-technologies.ch/mediawikidev/images/a/a6/VID_Invisible_Read_Only.png'&amp;gt;File:Setting_a_right_to_invisible_or_read_only_OK.mp4&amp;lt;/mediaplayer&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
| Setting a right to invisible or read-only.&lt;br /&gt;
}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{Note&lt;br /&gt;
| The right status type behave as following. When left blank the administrator of a child version will be bale to set this right and/or setting for profiles he will create, a padlock icon is then displayed in the right-most column. When set to &amp;quot;read-only&amp;quot; he will be able to see what setting was inherited from the parent version but not apply any changes. When set to &amp;quot;invisible&amp;quot;, the right/setting will be hidden form the tree structure.&lt;br /&gt;
}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{Note&lt;br /&gt;
| The status defined for the rights affects duplicated functionality profiles that can be created by children versions. When an administrator of a child version duplicates a profile which has some values defined as '''Invisible''', the values remains invisible for the duplicated profile.&lt;br /&gt;
}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To edit the parameter of a right, double-click on the '''Values''' field. Depending upon the right type different edition possibilities will be shown.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* '''radio buttons''' : enable the user to select one option (example: to enable a functionality the available options will be &amp;quot;yes&amp;quot; and &amp;quot;no&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:MSM-Profiles-Fonctionalities-Yes-No.png|center]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* '''drop-down lists''' : enable the user to select one option form a list of possible settings or values&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:MSM-Profiles-Fonctionalities-List.png|center]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* '''text or number fields''' : enable the user to enter free text (example : server name for the update process)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:MSM-Profiles-Fonctionalities-Number.png|center]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* '''folder path / file name field(s)''' : enable the user to set a path or file name for the corresponding setting (example: folder for MS Word documents templates)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:MSM-Profiles-Fonctionalities-File.png|center]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The administrator has to select / define a value or to type in the required information then press the Enter key to save the setting.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{Warning&lt;br /&gt;
| Leaving a text field, a folder path or a file name empty may result in errors when the application try to use those settings.&lt;br /&gt;
}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Languages tab ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The '''Languages''' tab shows the languages that were made available for the version in the [[Description of the Menu Languages|Language menu]], as shown in the following example:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:MSM_Profiles_Fonctionalities_Smart_Quotes_Edit_Languages.png|center|600x400px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
By default, a language made available for the version is automatically selected in the '''Languages''' tab (i.e. the Authorized check-box is ticked). If the administrator wants to customize the language that the Metis user is authorized to use, he/she can untick the check-box in the '''Authorized''' column for the languages that the end user cannot use.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If no language is selected, the end user's default language is English. The languages defined as authorized in this menu are then made available in the end user's Setup menu.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{Note&lt;br /&gt;
| A maximum of 4 languages can be made available to a user.&lt;br /&gt;
}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== SQL connection tab ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The SQL connection tab contains a table listing all the SQL connections defined in the Data Management menu, in the [[Description of the Sub-Menu SQL Connections|SQL Connections submenu]]. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:MSM_Profiles_Fonctionalities_Smart_Quotes_Edit_SQL_Access.png|center|600x400px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The default SQL connection corresponds to the server name and database name that were defined the very first time that Metis was launched (see [[Metis Smart Modeling User Manual Home Page#Log In|Log In]]) or in the setup.ini file. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The SQL connections table allows the administrator to give the right to the Metis user to connect to other databases. To give access to a database, the administrator must tick the box in the '''Authorized''' column for the SQL connections of his/her choice. All the checkboxes can be ticked / unticked except the '''DEFAULT''' SQL Connection checkbox.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{Video&lt;br /&gt;
| &amp;lt;mediaplayer width='400' height='300' image='http://www.xpert-technologies.ch/mediawikidev/images/f/fa/VID_Enable_the_connection_to_other_databases.png'&amp;gt;File:Creating_a_Position_OK.mp4&amp;lt;/mediaplayer&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
| Setting up a version without an administrator.&lt;br /&gt;
}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The authorized connections are then proposed to the Metis user when logged in.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Editing a Functionality Profile ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In the '''Functionality Profile''' sub-menu, the &amp;quot;Edit&amp;quot; button [[File:MetisSmartModelingEditButton.PNG|link=]] located above the main list allows the user/administrator to apply modifications to all properties related to the selected Functionality Profile. Selecting a Functionality Profile and clicking on it opens the '''Functionality Profile''' edition window where all related properties and information can be edited.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:MSM_Profiles_Fonctionalities_Smart_Modeling_Edit_Right.png|center|600x400px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For detailed descriptions of all information available in this window please refer to the section dedicated to the creation of a new Functionality Profile. Modifications applied to the selected Functionality Profile will only be saved once the Functionality Profile edition window is validated using the [[File:MetisSmartModelingOKButton.PNG|link=]] button at the bottom of the window. This will update the list displayed on the main screen. Using the &amp;quot;Cancel&amp;quot; [[File:MetisSmartModelingCancelButton.PNG|link=]] button discards all changes and closes the window.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If the administrator does not have the right to edit the properties of a profile, he/she receives the following message when trying to do so:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:MSM-Profiles-No-Right.png|center]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Previewing a Functionality Profile ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In the '''Functionality Profiles''' sub-menu, the &amp;quot;Preview&amp;quot; button [[File:MetisSmartModelingPreviewButton.PNG|link=]] located above the main list allows the user/administrator to see all properties and information related to the selected Functionality Profile. Selecting a Functionality Profile from the list and clicking on it opens the '''Functionality Profile''' preview window. For detailed descriptions of all information available in this window please refer to the section dedicated to the creation of a new Functionality Profile. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:MSM_Profiles_Fonctionalities_Smart_Quotes_Preview_Right.png|center|600x400px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{Note&lt;br /&gt;
| Edition of the information and properties displayed herein is not possible. If modification are necessary, the edition function described above should be used.&lt;br /&gt;
}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Deleting a Functionality Profile ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In the '''Functionality Profiles''' sub-menu, the &amp;quot;Delete&amp;quot; button [[File:MetisSmartModelingDeleteButton.PNG|link=]] located above the main list allows the user/administrator to delete the selected Functionality Profile. Selecting a Functionality Profile and clicking on it displays the following confirmation window.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:MSM_Profiles_Fonctionalities_Delete.png|center]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If the profile has been attributed to one or more users, the confirmation window indicates the number of users to which the profile has been attributed to. It also indicates if the profile is linked or used in one or more versions. Once the warning is confirmed, the selected Functionality Profile is removed from Metis Smart Suite and deleted from the Metis Database.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{Warning&lt;br /&gt;
| Profiles with a padlock icon cannot be deleted.&lt;br /&gt;
}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{Note&lt;br /&gt;
| The administrator cannot select several profiles at the same time.&lt;br /&gt;
}}&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Patrick</name></author>	</entry>

	<entry>
		<id>http://www.xpert-technologies.ch/mediawikidev/index.php?title=Description_of_the_Sub-Menu_Functionalities</id>
		<title>Description of the Sub-Menu Functionalities</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="http://www.xpert-technologies.ch/mediawikidev/index.php?title=Description_of_the_Sub-Menu_Functionalities"/>
				<updated>2013-11-05T15:16:18Z</updated>
		
		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Patrick: &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;In this sub-menu, the administrator can define and manage Functionnality Profiles. Those profiles represent a combination of settings to which a name has been given. These profiles can then be used linked to versions and/or specific users. The users listed in the version and/or the specific users will then inherit those functionnalities. Sample profiles are listed in the screenshot below.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:MSM_Profiles_Fonctionalities.png|center|600x400px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Functionality profiles can be defined for each product of the Metis Smart Suite:&lt;br /&gt;
* Smart Modeling&lt;br /&gt;
* Smart Monitoring&lt;br /&gt;
* Smart Quotes&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
These products are listed in the '''Application''' drop-down list. The administrator must first select an application from the drop-down menu to see the functionality profiles which exist for the selected application.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
On the left-hand side of the main window, a '''Search''' feature is found. It allows the user/administrator to find Functionality Profiles based on various criterion. The search is triggered by typing a keyword or only a letter in the fields above the &amp;quot;Search&amp;quot; button and then click on it. The results are then displayed below. Selecting a line from the result list will automatically select the corresponding entry in the main list.&lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The '''Profiles''' table consist of two columns:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* the first column may contain a padlock icon. If a padlock icon appears, this means that the profile cannot be deleted and its properties cannot be edited. Only an administrator of the '''parent version''' can edit the properties of this profile or delete that profile. &lt;br /&gt;
* the second column contains the designation of the profile. When creating a profile, the administrator can freely define this name.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The contents of the '''Profiles''' table can be sorted alphabetically. The administrator can search for a profile directly in the profile name column. To do so, the user must click on the magnifying glass icon then type in the name of the profile. The functionality profiles defined in this sub-menu are then made available throughout Metis Smart Modeling:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:MSM_Users_Employees_Edit_-_profiles.png|center|600x400px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{Note&lt;br /&gt;
| It is not possible to create a profile from scratch. Profiles can only be duplicated from existing ones and then edited accordingly.&lt;br /&gt;
}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable centre&amp;quot; width=&amp;quot;90%&amp;quot; style=&amp;quot;border-collapse: separate; border-spacing: 0; border-width: 1px; border-style: solid; border-color: grey;&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
! scope=col style=&amp;quot;border-style: solid; border-color: grey; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0&amp;quot; | Application&lt;br /&gt;
! scope=col style=&amp;quot;border-style: solid; border-color: grey; border-width: 0 0 1px 0&amp;quot; | Link to external document&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| width=&amp;quot;25%&amp;quot; style=&amp;quot;border-style: solid; border-color: grey; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0&amp;quot; |&lt;br /&gt;
'''Metis Smart Modeling'''&lt;br /&gt;
| width=&amp;quot;75%&amp;quot; style=&amp;quot;border-style: solid; border-color: grey; border-width: 0 0 1px 0&amp;quot; |&lt;br /&gt;
The [[File:Xpert_Technologies_SA_-_Metis_Smart_Modeling_Rights_Structure_-_05.11.2013.pdf|Single Selection]] rule tests an input and calculates the defined output based on a simple logical relation.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| width=&amp;quot;25%&amp;quot; style=&amp;quot;border-style: solid; border-color: grey; border-width: 0 1px 0 0&amp;quot; |&lt;br /&gt;
'''Metis Smart Quotes'''&lt;br /&gt;
| width=&amp;quot;75%&amp;quot; style=&amp;quot;border-style: solid; border-color: grey; border-width: 0 0 0 0&amp;quot; |&lt;br /&gt;
The goal of an [[Xpert_Technologies_SA_-_Metis_Smart_Modeling_Rights_Structure_-_05.11.2013.pdf|external rule]] is to use a third party application (software) to calculate the output of a rule.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Creating a Duplicate Functionality Profile ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To create a new profile, the administrator must create a duplicate of an existing profile then edit it accordingly. To do so, the administrator must first select the application for which he wants to do so and then select a reference profile from the list, then click on the &amp;quot;Duplicate&amp;quot; button [[File:MetisSmartModelingDuplicateButton.PNG|link=]]. The profile features window appears as shown in the following example:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:MSM_Profiles_Fonctionalities_Smart_Modeling_Edit_Right.png|center|600x400px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
By default, the profile name field displays the name of the profile which has been selected. The administrator must provide another name for the profile. The profile name is freely definable, but limited to 50 characters.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
It is not possible to enter a profile name that already exists within the selected application. If the administrator tries to do so, the following message appears when saving the new profile.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:MSM-Profiles-Fonctionalitie.png|center]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The administrator can then edit the properties of the new profile (see [[#Editing a Functionality Profile|below]]). Please refer to the full list of features and settings sorted by application for more details.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{Video&lt;br /&gt;
| &amp;lt;mediaplayer width='400' height='300' image='http://www.xpert-technologies.ch/mediawikidev/images/a/a0/VID_CreatingSmartModelingFunctionalityProfile.PNG'&amp;gt;File:Creating_a_smart_modeling_functionality_profile_OK.mp4&amp;lt;/mediaplayer&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
| Creating a Smart Modeling Functionality Profile.&lt;br /&gt;
}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{Video&lt;br /&gt;
| &amp;lt;mediaplayer width='400' height='300' image='http://www.xpert-technologies.ch/mediawikidev/images/4/46/VID_CreatingASmartQuotesFunctionalityProfile.png'&amp;gt;File:Creating_a_Functionality_Profile_OK.mp4&amp;lt;/mediaplayer&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
| Creating a Smart Quotes Functionality Profile.&lt;br /&gt;
}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The properties of a profile are grouped within the following tabs:&lt;br /&gt;
* '''Rights''': the Metis user default settings and the functionalities that the Metis user has the right to use together the linked settings necessary to operate the corresponding functionality.&lt;br /&gt;
* '''Languages''': the language(s) that the Metis user is authorized to use.&lt;br /&gt;
* '''SQL connection''': the databases to which the Metis user can connect to and toward which databases data can be transferred.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Rights tab ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The '''Rights''' tab allows the administrator to define the rights and the settings which are then attributed to the Metis user or user group. They are broken down into a tree structure, as shown in the following example:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:MSM_Profiles_Fonctionalities_Smart_Quotes_Edit_Right.png|center|600x400px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The administrator can expand or collapse the complete '''Rights''' tree structure using the corresponding buttons at the bottom of the table.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The various rights are structured into levels and sub-levels. For example, for the Metis Smart Quote application, the topmost level is '''Smart Quotes Right Structure'''. This level encompasses all the sub-levels (e.g. '''Server Offline Connect''', '''Update''', etc.)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Items with a folder icon ([[File:FolderIcon.PNG]]) and a black background represent the title of a level. Items with a scepter icon ([[File:SceptreIcon.PNG]]) represent a right.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The '''Rights''' tab contains the following columns:&lt;br /&gt;
* Rights: designation of the right or the designation of the group to which the right belongs to&lt;br /&gt;
* Values: the value or the parameter of the right&lt;br /&gt;
* Right status: indicates if the right is accessible or not for a child version. A drop-down list allows the administrator to set the status of the right to either blank, '''Read Only''' or '''Invisible''', as shown in the following example:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{Video&lt;br /&gt;
| &amp;lt;mediaplayer width='400' height='300' image='http://www.xpert-technologies.ch/mediawikidev/images/a/a6/VID_Invisible_Read_Only.png'&amp;gt;File:Setting_a_right_to_invisible_or_read_only_OK.mp4&amp;lt;/mediaplayer&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
| Setting a right to invisible or read-only.&lt;br /&gt;
}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{Note&lt;br /&gt;
| The right status type behave as following. When left blank the administrator of a child version will be bale to set this right and/or setting for profiles he will create, a padlock icon is then displayed in the right-most column. When set to &amp;quot;read-only&amp;quot; he will be able to see what setting was inherited from the parent version but not apply any changes. When set to &amp;quot;invisible&amp;quot;, the right/setting will be hidden form the tree structure.&lt;br /&gt;
}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{Note&lt;br /&gt;
| The status defined for the rights affects duplicated functionality profiles that can be created by children versions. When an administrator of a child version duplicates a profile which has some values defined as '''Invisible''', the values remains invisible for the duplicated profile.&lt;br /&gt;
}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To edit the parameter of a right, double-click on the '''Values''' field. Depending upon the right type different edition possibilities will be shown.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* '''radio buttons''' : enable the user to select one option (example: to enable a functionality the available options will be &amp;quot;yes&amp;quot; and &amp;quot;no&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:MSM-Profiles-Fonctionalities-Yes-No.png|center]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* '''drop-down lists''' : enable the user to select one option form a list of possible settings or values&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:MSM-Profiles-Fonctionalities-List.png|center]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* '''text or number fields''' : enable the user to enter free text (example : server name for the update process)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:MSM-Profiles-Fonctionalities-Number.png|center]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* '''folder path / file name field(s)''' : enable the user to set a path or file name for the corresponding setting (example: folder for MS Word documents templates)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:MSM-Profiles-Fonctionalities-File.png|center]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The administrator has to select / define a value or to type in the required information then press the Enter key to save the setting.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{Warning&lt;br /&gt;
| Leaving a text field, a folder path or a file name empty may result in errors when the application try to use those settings.&lt;br /&gt;
}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Languages tab ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The '''Languages''' tab shows the languages that were made available for the version in the [[Description of the Menu Languages|Language menu]], as shown in the following example:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:MSM_Profiles_Fonctionalities_Smart_Quotes_Edit_Languages.png|center|600x400px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
By default, a language made available for the version is automatically selected in the '''Languages''' tab (i.e. the Authorized check-box is ticked). If the administrator wants to customize the language that the Metis user is authorized to use, he/she can untick the check-box in the '''Authorized''' column for the languages that the end user cannot use.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If no language is selected, the end user's default language is English. The languages defined as authorized in this menu are then made available in the end user's Setup menu.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{Note&lt;br /&gt;
| A maximum of 4 languages can be made available to a user.&lt;br /&gt;
}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== SQL connection tab ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The SQL connection tab contains a table listing all the SQL connections defined in the Data Management menu, in the [[Description of the Sub-Menu SQL Connections|SQL Connections submenu]]. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:MSM_Profiles_Fonctionalities_Smart_Quotes_Edit_SQL_Access.png|center|600x400px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The default SQL connection corresponds to the server name and database name that were defined the very first time that Metis was launched (see [[Metis Smart Modeling User Manual Home Page#Log In|Log In]]) or in the setup.ini file. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The SQL connections table allows the administrator to give the right to the Metis user to connect to other databases. To give access to a database, the administrator must tick the box in the '''Authorized''' column for the SQL connections of his/her choice. All the checkboxes can be ticked / unticked except the '''DEFAULT''' SQL Connection checkbox.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{Video&lt;br /&gt;
| &amp;lt;mediaplayer width='400' height='300' image='http://www.xpert-technologies.ch/mediawikidev/images/f/fa/VID_Enable_the_connection_to_other_databases.png'&amp;gt;File:Creating_a_Position_OK.mp4&amp;lt;/mediaplayer&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
| Setting up a version without an administrator.&lt;br /&gt;
}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The authorized connections are then proposed to the Metis user when logged in.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Editing a Functionality Profile ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In the '''Functionality Profile''' sub-menu, the &amp;quot;Edit&amp;quot; button [[File:MetisSmartModelingEditButton.PNG|link=]] located above the main list allows the user/administrator to apply modifications to all properties related to the selected Functionality Profile. Selecting a Functionality Profile and clicking on it opens the '''Functionality Profile''' edition window where all related properties and information can be edited.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:MSM_Profiles_Fonctionalities_Smart_Modeling_Edit_Right.png|center|600x400px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For detailed descriptions of all information available in this window please refer to the section dedicated to the creation of a new Functionality Profile. Modifications applied to the selected Functionality Profile will only be saved once the Functionality Profile edition window is validated using the [[File:MetisSmartModelingOKButton.PNG|link=]] button at the bottom of the window. This will update the list displayed on the main screen. Using the &amp;quot;Cancel&amp;quot; [[File:MetisSmartModelingCancelButton.PNG|link=]] button discards all changes and closes the window.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If the administrator does not have the right to edit the properties of a profile, he/she receives the following message when trying to do so:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:MSM-Profiles-No-Right.png|center]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Previewing a Functionality Profile ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In the '''Functionality Profiles''' sub-menu, the &amp;quot;Preview&amp;quot; button [[File:MetisSmartModelingPreviewButton.PNG|link=]] located above the main list allows the user/administrator to see all properties and information related to the selected Functionality Profile. Selecting a Functionality Profile from the list and clicking on it opens the '''Functionality Profile''' preview window. For detailed descriptions of all information available in this window please refer to the section dedicated to the creation of a new Functionality Profile. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:MSM_Profiles_Fonctionalities_Smart_Quotes_Preview_Right.png|center|600x400px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{Note&lt;br /&gt;
| Edition of the information and properties displayed herein is not possible. If modification are necessary, the edition function described above should be used.&lt;br /&gt;
}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Deleting a Functionality Profile ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In the '''Functionality Profiles''' sub-menu, the &amp;quot;Delete&amp;quot; button [[File:MetisSmartModelingDeleteButton.PNG|link=]] located above the main list allows the user/administrator to delete the selected Functionality Profile. Selecting a Functionality Profile and clicking on it displays the following confirmation window.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:MSM_Profiles_Fonctionalities_Delete.png|center]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If the profile has been attributed to one or more users, the confirmation window indicates the number of users to which the profile has been attributed to. It also indicates if the profile is linked or used in one or more versions. Once the warning is confirmed, the selected Functionality Profile is removed from Metis Smart Suite and deleted from the Metis Database.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{Warning&lt;br /&gt;
| Profiles with a padlock icon cannot be deleted.&lt;br /&gt;
}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{Note&lt;br /&gt;
| The administrator cannot select several profiles at the same time.&lt;br /&gt;
}}&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Patrick</name></author>	</entry>

	<entry>
		<id>http://www.xpert-technologies.ch/mediawikidev/index.php?title=Description_of_the_Sub-Menu_Functionalities</id>
		<title>Description of the Sub-Menu Functionalities</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="http://www.xpert-technologies.ch/mediawikidev/index.php?title=Description_of_the_Sub-Menu_Functionalities"/>
				<updated>2013-11-05T15:15:24Z</updated>
		
		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Patrick: &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;In this sub-menu, the administrator can define and manage Functionnality Profiles. Those profiles represent a combination of settings to which a name has been given. These profiles can then be used linked to versions and/or specific users. The users listed in the version and/or the specific users will then inherit those functionnalities. Sample profiles are listed in the screenshot below.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:MSM_Profiles_Fonctionalities.png|center|600x400px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Functionality profiles can be defined for each product of the Metis Smart Suite:&lt;br /&gt;
* Smart Modeling&lt;br /&gt;
* Smart Monitoring&lt;br /&gt;
* Smart Quotes&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
These products are listed in the '''Application''' drop-down list. The administrator must first select an application from the drop-down menu to see the functionality profiles which exist for the selected application.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
On the left-hand side of the main window, a '''Search''' feature is found. It allows the user/administrator to find Functionality Profiles based on various criterion. The search is triggered by typing a keyword or only a letter in the fields above the &amp;quot;Search&amp;quot; button and then click on it. The results are then displayed below. Selecting a line from the result list will automatically select the corresponding entry in the main list.&lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The '''Profiles''' table consist of two columns:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* the first column may contain a padlock icon. If a padlock icon appears, this means that the profile cannot be deleted and its properties cannot be edited. Only an administrator of the '''parent version''' can edit the properties of this profile or delete that profile. &lt;br /&gt;
* the second column contains the designation of the profile. When creating a profile, the administrator can freely define this name.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The contents of the '''Profiles''' table can be sorted alphabetically. The administrator can search for a profile directly in the profile name column. To do so, the user must click on the magnifying glass icon then type in the name of the profile. The functionality profiles defined in this sub-menu are then made available throughout Metis Smart Modeling:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:MSM_Users_Employees_Edit_-_profiles.png|center|600x400px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{Note&lt;br /&gt;
| It is not possible to create a profile from scratch. Profiles can only be duplicated from existing ones and then edited accordingly.&lt;br /&gt;
}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable centre&amp;quot; width=&amp;quot;90%&amp;quot; style=&amp;quot;border-collapse: separate; border-spacing: 0; border-width: 1px; border-style: solid; border-color: grey;&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
! scope=col style=&amp;quot;border-style: solid; border-color: grey; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0&amp;quot; | Application&lt;br /&gt;
! scope=col style=&amp;quot;border-style: solid; border-color: grey; border-width: 0 0 1px 0&amp;quot; | Link to external document&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| width=&amp;quot;25%&amp;quot; style=&amp;quot;border-style: solid; border-color: grey; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0&amp;quot; |&lt;br /&gt;
'''Metis Smart Modeling'''&lt;br /&gt;
| width=&amp;quot;75%&amp;quot; style=&amp;quot;border-style: solid; border-color: grey; border-width: 0 0 1px 0&amp;quot; |&lt;br /&gt;
The [[File:Xpert_Technologies_SA_-_Metis_Smart_Modeling_Rights_Structure_-_05.11.2013.pdf|Single Selection]] rule tests an input and calculates the defined output based on a simple logical relation.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| width=&amp;quot;25%&amp;quot; style=&amp;quot;border-style: solid; border-color: grey; border-width: 0 1px 0 0&amp;quot; |&lt;br /&gt;
'''Metis Smart Quotes'''&lt;br /&gt;
| width=&amp;quot;75%&amp;quot; style=&amp;quot;border-style: solid; border-color: grey; border-width: 0 0 0 0&amp;quot; |&lt;br /&gt;
The goal of an [[#External_Selection|external rule]] is to use a third party application (software) to calculate the output of a rule.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Creating a Duplicate Functionality Profile ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To create a new profile, the administrator must create a duplicate of an existing profile then edit it accordingly. To do so, the administrator must first select the application for which he wants to do so and then select a reference profile from the list, then click on the &amp;quot;Duplicate&amp;quot; button [[File:MetisSmartModelingDuplicateButton.PNG|link=]]. The profile features window appears as shown in the following example:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:MSM_Profiles_Fonctionalities_Smart_Modeling_Edit_Right.png|center|600x400px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
By default, the profile name field displays the name of the profile which has been selected. The administrator must provide another name for the profile. The profile name is freely definable, but limited to 50 characters.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
It is not possible to enter a profile name that already exists within the selected application. If the administrator tries to do so, the following message appears when saving the new profile.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:MSM-Profiles-Fonctionalitie.png|center]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The administrator can then edit the properties of the new profile (see [[#Editing a Functionality Profile|below]]). Please refer to the full list of features and settings sorted by application for more details.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{Video&lt;br /&gt;
| &amp;lt;mediaplayer width='400' height='300' image='http://www.xpert-technologies.ch/mediawikidev/images/a/a0/VID_CreatingSmartModelingFunctionalityProfile.PNG'&amp;gt;File:Creating_a_smart_modeling_functionality_profile_OK.mp4&amp;lt;/mediaplayer&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
| Creating a Smart Modeling Functionality Profile.&lt;br /&gt;
}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{Video&lt;br /&gt;
| &amp;lt;mediaplayer width='400' height='300' image='http://www.xpert-technologies.ch/mediawikidev/images/4/46/VID_CreatingASmartQuotesFunctionalityProfile.png'&amp;gt;File:Creating_a_Functionality_Profile_OK.mp4&amp;lt;/mediaplayer&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
| Creating a Smart Quotes Functionality Profile.&lt;br /&gt;
}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The properties of a profile are grouped within the following tabs:&lt;br /&gt;
* '''Rights''': the Metis user default settings and the functionalities that the Metis user has the right to use together the linked settings necessary to operate the corresponding functionality.&lt;br /&gt;
* '''Languages''': the language(s) that the Metis user is authorized to use.&lt;br /&gt;
* '''SQL connection''': the databases to which the Metis user can connect to and toward which databases data can be transferred.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Rights tab ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The '''Rights''' tab allows the administrator to define the rights and the settings which are then attributed to the Metis user or user group. They are broken down into a tree structure, as shown in the following example:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:MSM_Profiles_Fonctionalities_Smart_Quotes_Edit_Right.png|center|600x400px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The administrator can expand or collapse the complete '''Rights''' tree structure using the corresponding buttons at the bottom of the table.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The various rights are structured into levels and sub-levels. For example, for the Metis Smart Quote application, the topmost level is '''Smart Quotes Right Structure'''. This level encompasses all the sub-levels (e.g. '''Server Offline Connect''', '''Update''', etc.)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Items with a folder icon ([[File:FolderIcon.PNG]]) and a black background represent the title of a level. Items with a scepter icon ([[File:SceptreIcon.PNG]]) represent a right.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The '''Rights''' tab contains the following columns:&lt;br /&gt;
* Rights: designation of the right or the designation of the group to which the right belongs to&lt;br /&gt;
* Values: the value or the parameter of the right&lt;br /&gt;
* Right status: indicates if the right is accessible or not for a child version. A drop-down list allows the administrator to set the status of the right to either blank, '''Read Only''' or '''Invisible''', as shown in the following example:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{Video&lt;br /&gt;
| &amp;lt;mediaplayer width='400' height='300' image='http://www.xpert-technologies.ch/mediawikidev/images/a/a6/VID_Invisible_Read_Only.png'&amp;gt;File:Setting_a_right_to_invisible_or_read_only_OK.mp4&amp;lt;/mediaplayer&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
| Setting a right to invisible or read-only.&lt;br /&gt;
}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{Note&lt;br /&gt;
| The right status type behave as following. When left blank the administrator of a child version will be bale to set this right and/or setting for profiles he will create, a padlock icon is then displayed in the right-most column. When set to &amp;quot;read-only&amp;quot; he will be able to see what setting was inherited from the parent version but not apply any changes. When set to &amp;quot;invisible&amp;quot;, the right/setting will be hidden form the tree structure.&lt;br /&gt;
}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{Note&lt;br /&gt;
| The status defined for the rights affects duplicated functionality profiles that can be created by children versions. When an administrator of a child version duplicates a profile which has some values defined as '''Invisible''', the values remains invisible for the duplicated profile.&lt;br /&gt;
}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To edit the parameter of a right, double-click on the '''Values''' field. Depending upon the right type different edition possibilities will be shown.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* '''radio buttons''' : enable the user to select one option (example: to enable a functionality the available options will be &amp;quot;yes&amp;quot; and &amp;quot;no&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:MSM-Profiles-Fonctionalities-Yes-No.png|center]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* '''drop-down lists''' : enable the user to select one option form a list of possible settings or values&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:MSM-Profiles-Fonctionalities-List.png|center]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* '''text or number fields''' : enable the user to enter free text (example : server name for the update process)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:MSM-Profiles-Fonctionalities-Number.png|center]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* '''folder path / file name field(s)''' : enable the user to set a path or file name for the corresponding setting (example: folder for MS Word documents templates)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:MSM-Profiles-Fonctionalities-File.png|center]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The administrator has to select / define a value or to type in the required information then press the Enter key to save the setting.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{Warning&lt;br /&gt;
| Leaving a text field, a folder path or a file name empty may result in errors when the application try to use those settings.&lt;br /&gt;
}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Languages tab ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The '''Languages''' tab shows the languages that were made available for the version in the [[Description of the Menu Languages|Language menu]], as shown in the following example:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:MSM_Profiles_Fonctionalities_Smart_Quotes_Edit_Languages.png|center|600x400px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
By default, a language made available for the version is automatically selected in the '''Languages''' tab (i.e. the Authorized check-box is ticked). If the administrator wants to customize the language that the Metis user is authorized to use, he/she can untick the check-box in the '''Authorized''' column for the languages that the end user cannot use.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If no language is selected, the end user's default language is English. The languages defined as authorized in this menu are then made available in the end user's Setup menu.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{Note&lt;br /&gt;
| A maximum of 4 languages can be made available to a user.&lt;br /&gt;
}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== SQL connection tab ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The SQL connection tab contains a table listing all the SQL connections defined in the Data Management menu, in the [[Description of the Sub-Menu SQL Connections|SQL Connections submenu]]. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:MSM_Profiles_Fonctionalities_Smart_Quotes_Edit_SQL_Access.png|center|600x400px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The default SQL connection corresponds to the server name and database name that were defined the very first time that Metis was launched (see [[Metis Smart Modeling User Manual Home Page#Log In|Log In]]) or in the setup.ini file. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The SQL connections table allows the administrator to give the right to the Metis user to connect to other databases. To give access to a database, the administrator must tick the box in the '''Authorized''' column for the SQL connections of his/her choice. All the checkboxes can be ticked / unticked except the '''DEFAULT''' SQL Connection checkbox.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{Video&lt;br /&gt;
| &amp;lt;mediaplayer width='400' height='300' image='http://www.xpert-technologies.ch/mediawikidev/images/f/fa/VID_Enable_the_connection_to_other_databases.png'&amp;gt;File:Creating_a_Position_OK.mp4&amp;lt;/mediaplayer&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
| Setting up a version without an administrator.&lt;br /&gt;
}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The authorized connections are then proposed to the Metis user when logged in.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Editing a Functionality Profile ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In the '''Functionality Profile''' sub-menu, the &amp;quot;Edit&amp;quot; button [[File:MetisSmartModelingEditButton.PNG|link=]] located above the main list allows the user/administrator to apply modifications to all properties related to the selected Functionality Profile. Selecting a Functionality Profile and clicking on it opens the '''Functionality Profile''' edition window where all related properties and information can be edited.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:MSM_Profiles_Fonctionalities_Smart_Modeling_Edit_Right.png|center|600x400px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For detailed descriptions of all information available in this window please refer to the section dedicated to the creation of a new Functionality Profile. Modifications applied to the selected Functionality Profile will only be saved once the Functionality Profile edition window is validated using the [[File:MetisSmartModelingOKButton.PNG|link=]] button at the bottom of the window. This will update the list displayed on the main screen. Using the &amp;quot;Cancel&amp;quot; [[File:MetisSmartModelingCancelButton.PNG|link=]] button discards all changes and closes the window.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If the administrator does not have the right to edit the properties of a profile, he/she receives the following message when trying to do so:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:MSM-Profiles-No-Right.png|center]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Previewing a Functionality Profile ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In the '''Functionality Profiles''' sub-menu, the &amp;quot;Preview&amp;quot; button [[File:MetisSmartModelingPreviewButton.PNG|link=]] located above the main list allows the user/administrator to see all properties and information related to the selected Functionality Profile. Selecting a Functionality Profile from the list and clicking on it opens the '''Functionality Profile''' preview window. For detailed descriptions of all information available in this window please refer to the section dedicated to the creation of a new Functionality Profile. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:MSM_Profiles_Fonctionalities_Smart_Quotes_Preview_Right.png|center|600x400px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{Note&lt;br /&gt;
| Edition of the information and properties displayed herein is not possible. If modification are necessary, the edition function described above should be used.&lt;br /&gt;
}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Deleting a Functionality Profile ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In the '''Functionality Profiles''' sub-menu, the &amp;quot;Delete&amp;quot; button [[File:MetisSmartModelingDeleteButton.PNG|link=]] located above the main list allows the user/administrator to delete the selected Functionality Profile. Selecting a Functionality Profile and clicking on it displays the following confirmation window.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:MSM_Profiles_Fonctionalities_Delete.png|center]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If the profile has been attributed to one or more users, the confirmation window indicates the number of users to which the profile has been attributed to. It also indicates if the profile is linked or used in one or more versions. Once the warning is confirmed, the selected Functionality Profile is removed from Metis Smart Suite and deleted from the Metis Database.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{Warning&lt;br /&gt;
| Profiles with a padlock icon cannot be deleted.&lt;br /&gt;
}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{Note&lt;br /&gt;
| The administrator cannot select several profiles at the same time.&lt;br /&gt;
}}&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Patrick</name></author>	</entry>

	<entry>
		<id>http://www.xpert-technologies.ch/mediawikidev/index.php?title=Description_of_the_Sub-Menu_Functionalities</id>
		<title>Description of the Sub-Menu Functionalities</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="http://www.xpert-technologies.ch/mediawikidev/index.php?title=Description_of_the_Sub-Menu_Functionalities"/>
				<updated>2013-11-05T15:13:06Z</updated>
		
		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Patrick: &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;In this sub-menu, the administrator can define and manage Functionnality Profiles. Those profiles represent a combination of settings to which a name has been given. These profiles can then be used linked to versions and/or specific users. The users listed in the version and/or the specific users will then inherit those functionnalities. Sample profiles are listed in the screenshot below.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:MSM_Profiles_Fonctionalities.png|center|600x400px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Functionality profiles can be defined for each product of the Metis Smart Suite:&lt;br /&gt;
* Smart Modeling&lt;br /&gt;
* Smart Monitoring&lt;br /&gt;
* Smart Quotes&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
These products are listed in the '''Application''' drop-down list. The administrator must first select an application from the drop-down menu to see the functionality profiles which exist for the selected application.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
On the left-hand side of the main window, a '''Search''' feature is found. It allows the user/administrator to find Functionality Profiles based on various criterion. The search is triggered by typing a keyword or only a letter in the fields above the &amp;quot;Search&amp;quot; button and then click on it. The results are then displayed below. Selecting a line from the result list will automatically select the corresponding entry in the main list.&lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The '''Profiles''' table consist of two columns:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* the first column may contain a padlock icon. If a padlock icon appears, this means that the profile cannot be deleted and its properties cannot be edited. Only an administrator of the '''parent version''' can edit the properties of this profile or delete that profile. &lt;br /&gt;
* the second column contains the designation of the profile. When creating a profile, the administrator can freely define this name.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The contents of the '''Profiles''' table can be sorted alphabetically. The administrator can search for a profile directly in the profile name column. To do so, the user must click on the magnifying glass icon then type in the name of the profile. The functionality profiles defined in this sub-menu are then made available throughout Metis Smart Modeling:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:MSM_Users_Employees_Edit_-_profiles.png|center|600x400px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{Note&lt;br /&gt;
| It is not possible to create a profile from scratch. Profiles can only be duplicated from existing ones and then edited accordingly.&lt;br /&gt;
}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable centre&amp;quot; width=&amp;quot;90%&amp;quot; style=&amp;quot;border-collapse: separate; border-spacing: 0; border-width: 1px; border-style: solid; border-color: grey;&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
! scope=col style=&amp;quot;border-style: solid; border-color: grey; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0&amp;quot; | Application&lt;br /&gt;
! scope=col style=&amp;quot;border-style: solid; border-color: grey; border-width: 0 0 1px 0&amp;quot; | Link to external document&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| width=&amp;quot;25%&amp;quot; style=&amp;quot;border-style: solid; border-color: grey; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0&amp;quot; |&lt;br /&gt;
'''Metis Smart Modeling'''&lt;br /&gt;
| width=&amp;quot;75%&amp;quot; style=&amp;quot;border-style: solid; border-color: grey; border-width: 0 0 1px 0&amp;quot; |&lt;br /&gt;
The [[#Single_Selection|Single Selection]] rule tests an input and calculates the defined output based on a simple logical relation.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| width=&amp;quot;25%&amp;quot; style=&amp;quot;border-style: solid; border-color: grey; border-width: 0 1px 0 0&amp;quot; |&lt;br /&gt;
'''Metis Smart Quotes'''&lt;br /&gt;
| width=&amp;quot;75%&amp;quot; style=&amp;quot;border-style: solid; border-color: grey; border-width: 0 0 0 0&amp;quot; |&lt;br /&gt;
The goal of an [[#External_Selection|external rule]] is to use a third party application (software) to calculate the output of a rule.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Creating a Duplicate Functionality Profile ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To create a new profile, the administrator must create a duplicate of an existing profile then edit it accordingly. To do so, the administrator must first select the application for which he wants to do so and then select a reference profile from the list, then click on the &amp;quot;Duplicate&amp;quot; button [[File:MetisSmartModelingDuplicateButton.PNG|link=]]. The profile features window appears as shown in the following example:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:MSM_Profiles_Fonctionalities_Smart_Modeling_Edit_Right.png|center|600x400px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
By default, the profile name field displays the name of the profile which has been selected. The administrator must provide another name for the profile. The profile name is freely definable, but limited to 50 characters.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
It is not possible to enter a profile name that already exists within the selected application. If the administrator tries to do so, the following message appears when saving the new profile.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:MSM-Profiles-Fonctionalitie.png|center]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The administrator can then edit the properties of the new profile (see [[#Editing a Functionality Profile|below]]). Please refer to the full list of features and settings sorted by application for more details.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{Video&lt;br /&gt;
| &amp;lt;mediaplayer width='400' height='300' image='http://www.xpert-technologies.ch/mediawikidev/images/a/a0/VID_CreatingSmartModelingFunctionalityProfile.PNG'&amp;gt;File:Creating_a_smart_modeling_functionality_profile_OK.mp4&amp;lt;/mediaplayer&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
| Creating a Smart Modeling Functionality Profile.&lt;br /&gt;
}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{Video&lt;br /&gt;
| &amp;lt;mediaplayer width='400' height='300' image='http://www.xpert-technologies.ch/mediawikidev/images/4/46/VID_CreatingASmartQuotesFunctionalityProfile.png'&amp;gt;File:Creating_a_Functionality_Profile_OK.mp4&amp;lt;/mediaplayer&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
| Creating a Smart Quotes Functionality Profile.&lt;br /&gt;
}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The properties of a profile are grouped within the following tabs:&lt;br /&gt;
* '''Rights''': the Metis user default settings and the functionalities that the Metis user has the right to use together the linked settings necessary to operate the corresponding functionality.&lt;br /&gt;
* '''Languages''': the language(s) that the Metis user is authorized to use.&lt;br /&gt;
* '''SQL connection''': the databases to which the Metis user can connect to and toward which databases data can be transferred.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Rights tab ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The '''Rights''' tab allows the administrator to define the rights and the settings which are then attributed to the Metis user or user group. They are broken down into a tree structure, as shown in the following example:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:MSM_Profiles_Fonctionalities_Smart_Quotes_Edit_Right.png|center|600x400px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The administrator can expand or collapse the complete '''Rights''' tree structure using the corresponding buttons at the bottom of the table.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The various rights are structured into levels and sub-levels. For example, for the Metis Smart Quote application, the topmost level is '''Smart Quotes Right Structure'''. This level encompasses all the sub-levels (e.g. '''Server Offline Connect''', '''Update''', etc.)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Items with a folder icon ([[File:FolderIcon.PNG]]) and a black background represent the title of a level. Items with a scepter icon ([[File:SceptreIcon.PNG]]) represent a right.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The '''Rights''' tab contains the following columns:&lt;br /&gt;
* Rights: designation of the right or the designation of the group to which the right belongs to&lt;br /&gt;
* Values: the value or the parameter of the right&lt;br /&gt;
* Right status: indicates if the right is accessible or not for a child version. A drop-down list allows the administrator to set the status of the right to either blank, '''Read Only''' or '''Invisible''', as shown in the following example:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{Video&lt;br /&gt;
| &amp;lt;mediaplayer width='400' height='300' image='http://www.xpert-technologies.ch/mediawikidev/images/a/a6/VID_Invisible_Read_Only.png'&amp;gt;File:Setting_a_right_to_invisible_or_read_only_OK.mp4&amp;lt;/mediaplayer&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
| Setting a right to invisible or read-only.&lt;br /&gt;
}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{Note&lt;br /&gt;
| The right status type behave as following. When left blank the administrator of a child version will be bale to set this right and/or setting for profiles he will create, a padlock icon is then displayed in the right-most column. When set to &amp;quot;read-only&amp;quot; he will be able to see what setting was inherited from the parent version but not apply any changes. When set to &amp;quot;invisible&amp;quot;, the right/setting will be hidden form the tree structure.&lt;br /&gt;
}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{Note&lt;br /&gt;
| The status defined for the rights affects duplicated functionality profiles that can be created by children versions. When an administrator of a child version duplicates a profile which has some values defined as '''Invisible''', the values remains invisible for the duplicated profile.&lt;br /&gt;
}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To edit the parameter of a right, double-click on the '''Values''' field. Depending upon the right type different edition possibilities will be shown.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* '''radio buttons''' : enable the user to select one option (example: to enable a functionality the available options will be &amp;quot;yes&amp;quot; and &amp;quot;no&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:MSM-Profiles-Fonctionalities-Yes-No.png|center]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* '''drop-down lists''' : enable the user to select one option form a list of possible settings or values&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:MSM-Profiles-Fonctionalities-List.png|center]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* '''text or number fields''' : enable the user to enter free text (example : server name for the update process)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:MSM-Profiles-Fonctionalities-Number.png|center]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* '''folder path / file name field(s)''' : enable the user to set a path or file name for the corresponding setting (example: folder for MS Word documents templates)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:MSM-Profiles-Fonctionalities-File.png|center]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The administrator has to select / define a value or to type in the required information then press the Enter key to save the setting.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{Warning&lt;br /&gt;
| Leaving a text field, a folder path or a file name empty may result in errors when the application try to use those settings.&lt;br /&gt;
}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Languages tab ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The '''Languages''' tab shows the languages that were made available for the version in the [[Description of the Menu Languages|Language menu]], as shown in the following example:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:MSM_Profiles_Fonctionalities_Smart_Quotes_Edit_Languages.png|center|600x400px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
By default, a language made available for the version is automatically selected in the '''Languages''' tab (i.e. the Authorized check-box is ticked). If the administrator wants to customize the language that the Metis user is authorized to use, he/she can untick the check-box in the '''Authorized''' column for the languages that the end user cannot use.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If no language is selected, the end user's default language is English. The languages defined as authorized in this menu are then made available in the end user's Setup menu.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{Note&lt;br /&gt;
| A maximum of 4 languages can be made available to a user.&lt;br /&gt;
}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== SQL connection tab ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The SQL connection tab contains a table listing all the SQL connections defined in the Data Management menu, in the [[Description of the Sub-Menu SQL Connections|SQL Connections submenu]]. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:MSM_Profiles_Fonctionalities_Smart_Quotes_Edit_SQL_Access.png|center|600x400px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The default SQL connection corresponds to the server name and database name that were defined the very first time that Metis was launched (see [[Metis Smart Modeling User Manual Home Page#Log In|Log In]]) or in the setup.ini file. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The SQL connections table allows the administrator to give the right to the Metis user to connect to other databases. To give access to a database, the administrator must tick the box in the '''Authorized''' column for the SQL connections of his/her choice. All the checkboxes can be ticked / unticked except the '''DEFAULT''' SQL Connection checkbox.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{Video&lt;br /&gt;
| &amp;lt;mediaplayer width='400' height='300' image='http://www.xpert-technologies.ch/mediawikidev/images/f/fa/VID_Enable_the_connection_to_other_databases.png'&amp;gt;File:Creating_a_Position_OK.mp4&amp;lt;/mediaplayer&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
| Setting up a version without an administrator.&lt;br /&gt;
}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The authorized connections are then proposed to the Metis user when logged in.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Editing a Functionality Profile ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In the '''Functionality Profile''' sub-menu, the &amp;quot;Edit&amp;quot; button [[File:MetisSmartModelingEditButton.PNG|link=]] located above the main list allows the user/administrator to apply modifications to all properties related to the selected Functionality Profile. Selecting a Functionality Profile and clicking on it opens the '''Functionality Profile''' edition window where all related properties and information can be edited.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:MSM_Profiles_Fonctionalities_Smart_Modeling_Edit_Right.png|center|600x400px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For detailed descriptions of all information available in this window please refer to the section dedicated to the creation of a new Functionality Profile. Modifications applied to the selected Functionality Profile will only be saved once the Functionality Profile edition window is validated using the [[File:MetisSmartModelingOKButton.PNG|link=]] button at the bottom of the window. This will update the list displayed on the main screen. Using the &amp;quot;Cancel&amp;quot; [[File:MetisSmartModelingCancelButton.PNG|link=]] button discards all changes and closes the window.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If the administrator does not have the right to edit the properties of a profile, he/she receives the following message when trying to do so:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:MSM-Profiles-No-Right.png|center]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Previewing a Functionality Profile ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In the '''Functionality Profiles''' sub-menu, the &amp;quot;Preview&amp;quot; button [[File:MetisSmartModelingPreviewButton.PNG|link=]] located above the main list allows the user/administrator to see all properties and information related to the selected Functionality Profile. Selecting a Functionality Profile from the list and clicking on it opens the '''Functionality Profile''' preview window. For detailed descriptions of all information available in this window please refer to the section dedicated to the creation of a new Functionality Profile. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:MSM_Profiles_Fonctionalities_Smart_Quotes_Preview_Right.png|center|600x400px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{Note&lt;br /&gt;
| Edition of the information and properties displayed herein is not possible. If modification are necessary, the edition function described above should be used.&lt;br /&gt;
}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Deleting a Functionality Profile ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In the '''Functionality Profiles''' sub-menu, the &amp;quot;Delete&amp;quot; button [[File:MetisSmartModelingDeleteButton.PNG|link=]] located above the main list allows the user/administrator to delete the selected Functionality Profile. Selecting a Functionality Profile and clicking on it displays the following confirmation window.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:MSM_Profiles_Fonctionalities_Delete.png|center]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If the profile has been attributed to one or more users, the confirmation window indicates the number of users to which the profile has been attributed to. It also indicates if the profile is linked or used in one or more versions. Once the warning is confirmed, the selected Functionality Profile is removed from Metis Smart Suite and deleted from the Metis Database.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{Warning&lt;br /&gt;
| Profiles with a padlock icon cannot be deleted.&lt;br /&gt;
}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{Note&lt;br /&gt;
| The administrator cannot select several profiles at the same time.&lt;br /&gt;
}}&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Patrick</name></author>	</entry>

	<entry>
		<id>http://www.xpert-technologies.ch/mediawikidev/index.php?title=Description_of_the_Sub-Menu_Functionalities</id>
		<title>Description of the Sub-Menu Functionalities</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="http://www.xpert-technologies.ch/mediawikidev/index.php?title=Description_of_the_Sub-Menu_Functionalities"/>
				<updated>2013-11-05T15:12:29Z</updated>
		
		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Patrick: &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;In this sub-menu, the administrator can define and manage Functionnality Profiles. Those profiles represent a combination of settings to which a name has been given. These profiles can then be used linked to versions and/or specific users. The users listed in the version and/or the specific users will then inherit those functionnalities. Sample profiles are listed in the screenshot below.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:MSM_Profiles_Fonctionalities.png|center|600x400px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Functionality profiles can be defined for each product of the Metis Smart Suite:&lt;br /&gt;
* Smart Modeling&lt;br /&gt;
* Smart Monitoring&lt;br /&gt;
* Smart Quotes&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
These products are listed in the '''Application''' drop-down list. The administrator must first select an application from the drop-down menu to see the functionality profiles which exist for the selected application.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
On the left-hand side of the main window, a '''Search''' feature is found. It allows the user/administrator to find Functionality Profiles based on various criterion. The search is triggered by typing a keyword or only a letter in the fields above the &amp;quot;Search&amp;quot; button and then click on it. The results are then displayed below. Selecting a line from the result list will automatically select the corresponding entry in the main list.&lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The '''Profiles''' table consist of two columns:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* the first column may contain a padlock icon. If a padlock icon appears, this means that the profile cannot be deleted and its properties cannot be edited. Only an administrator of the '''parent version''' can edit the properties of this profile or delete that profile. &lt;br /&gt;
* the second column contains the designation of the profile. When creating a profile, the administrator can freely define this name.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The contents of the '''Profiles''' table can be sorted alphabetically. The administrator can search for a profile directly in the profile name column. To do so, the user must click on the magnifying glass icon then type in the name of the profile. The functionality profiles defined in this sub-menu are then made available throughout Metis Smart Modeling:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:MSM_Users_Employees_Edit_-_profiles.png|center|600x400px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{Note&lt;br /&gt;
| It is not possible to create a profile from scratch. Profiles can only be duplicated from existing ones and then edited accordingly.&lt;br /&gt;
}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable centre&amp;quot; width=&amp;quot;90%&amp;quot; style=&amp;quot;border-collapse: separate; border-spacing: 0; border-width: 1px; border-style: solid; border-color: grey;&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
! scope=col style=&amp;quot;border-style: solid; border-color: grey; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0&amp;quot; | Application&lt;br /&gt;
! scope=col style=&amp;quot;border-style: solid; border-color: grey; border-width: 0 0 1px 0&amp;quot; | Link to external document&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| width=&amp;quot;15%&amp;quot; style=&amp;quot;border-style: solid; border-color: grey; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0&amp;quot; |&lt;br /&gt;
'''Metis Smart Modeling'''&lt;br /&gt;
| width=&amp;quot;80%&amp;quot; style=&amp;quot;border-style: solid; border-color: grey; border-width: 0 0 1px 0&amp;quot; |&lt;br /&gt;
The [[#Single_Selection|Single Selection]] rule tests an input and calculates the defined output based on a simple logical relation.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| width=&amp;quot;15%&amp;quot; style=&amp;quot;border-style: solid; border-color: grey; border-width: 0 1px 0 0&amp;quot; |&lt;br /&gt;
'''Metis Smart Quotes'''&lt;br /&gt;
| width=&amp;quot;80%&amp;quot; style=&amp;quot;border-style: solid; border-color: grey; border-width: 0 0 0 0&amp;quot; |&lt;br /&gt;
The goal of an [[#External_Selection|external rule]] is to use a third party application (software) to calculate the output of a rule.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Creating a Duplicate Functionality Profile ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To create a new profile, the administrator must create a duplicate of an existing profile then edit it accordingly. To do so, the administrator must first select the application for which he wants to do so and then select a reference profile from the list, then click on the &amp;quot;Duplicate&amp;quot; button [[File:MetisSmartModelingDuplicateButton.PNG|link=]]. The profile features window appears as shown in the following example:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:MSM_Profiles_Fonctionalities_Smart_Modeling_Edit_Right.png|center|600x400px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
By default, the profile name field displays the name of the profile which has been selected. The administrator must provide another name for the profile. The profile name is freely definable, but limited to 50 characters.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
It is not possible to enter a profile name that already exists within the selected application. If the administrator tries to do so, the following message appears when saving the new profile.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:MSM-Profiles-Fonctionalitie.png|center]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The administrator can then edit the properties of the new profile (see [[#Editing a Functionality Profile|below]]). Please refer to the full list of features and settings sorted by application for more details.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{Video&lt;br /&gt;
| &amp;lt;mediaplayer width='400' height='300' image='http://www.xpert-technologies.ch/mediawikidev/images/a/a0/VID_CreatingSmartModelingFunctionalityProfile.PNG'&amp;gt;File:Creating_a_smart_modeling_functionality_profile_OK.mp4&amp;lt;/mediaplayer&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
| Creating a Smart Modeling Functionality Profile.&lt;br /&gt;
}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{Video&lt;br /&gt;
| &amp;lt;mediaplayer width='400' height='300' image='http://www.xpert-technologies.ch/mediawikidev/images/4/46/VID_CreatingASmartQuotesFunctionalityProfile.png'&amp;gt;File:Creating_a_Functionality_Profile_OK.mp4&amp;lt;/mediaplayer&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
| Creating a Smart Quotes Functionality Profile.&lt;br /&gt;
}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The properties of a profile are grouped within the following tabs:&lt;br /&gt;
* '''Rights''': the Metis user default settings and the functionalities that the Metis user has the right to use together the linked settings necessary to operate the corresponding functionality.&lt;br /&gt;
* '''Languages''': the language(s) that the Metis user is authorized to use.&lt;br /&gt;
* '''SQL connection''': the databases to which the Metis user can connect to and toward which databases data can be transferred.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Rights tab ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The '''Rights''' tab allows the administrator to define the rights and the settings which are then attributed to the Metis user or user group. They are broken down into a tree structure, as shown in the following example:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:MSM_Profiles_Fonctionalities_Smart_Quotes_Edit_Right.png|center|600x400px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The administrator can expand or collapse the complete '''Rights''' tree structure using the corresponding buttons at the bottom of the table.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The various rights are structured into levels and sub-levels. For example, for the Metis Smart Quote application, the topmost level is '''Smart Quotes Right Structure'''. This level encompasses all the sub-levels (e.g. '''Server Offline Connect''', '''Update''', etc.)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Items with a folder icon ([[File:FolderIcon.PNG]]) and a black background represent the title of a level. Items with a scepter icon ([[File:SceptreIcon.PNG]]) represent a right.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The '''Rights''' tab contains the following columns:&lt;br /&gt;
* Rights: designation of the right or the designation of the group to which the right belongs to&lt;br /&gt;
* Values: the value or the parameter of the right&lt;br /&gt;
* Right status: indicates if the right is accessible or not for a child version. A drop-down list allows the administrator to set the status of the right to either blank, '''Read Only''' or '''Invisible''', as shown in the following example:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{Video&lt;br /&gt;
| &amp;lt;mediaplayer width='400' height='300' image='http://www.xpert-technologies.ch/mediawikidev/images/a/a6/VID_Invisible_Read_Only.png'&amp;gt;File:Setting_a_right_to_invisible_or_read_only_OK.mp4&amp;lt;/mediaplayer&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
| Setting a right to invisible or read-only.&lt;br /&gt;
}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{Note&lt;br /&gt;
| The right status type behave as following. When left blank the administrator of a child version will be bale to set this right and/or setting for profiles he will create, a padlock icon is then displayed in the right-most column. When set to &amp;quot;read-only&amp;quot; he will be able to see what setting was inherited from the parent version but not apply any changes. When set to &amp;quot;invisible&amp;quot;, the right/setting will be hidden form the tree structure.&lt;br /&gt;
}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{Note&lt;br /&gt;
| The status defined for the rights affects duplicated functionality profiles that can be created by children versions. When an administrator of a child version duplicates a profile which has some values defined as '''Invisible''', the values remains invisible for the duplicated profile.&lt;br /&gt;
}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To edit the parameter of a right, double-click on the '''Values''' field. Depending upon the right type different edition possibilities will be shown.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* '''radio buttons''' : enable the user to select one option (example: to enable a functionality the available options will be &amp;quot;yes&amp;quot; and &amp;quot;no&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:MSM-Profiles-Fonctionalities-Yes-No.png|center]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* '''drop-down lists''' : enable the user to select one option form a list of possible settings or values&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:MSM-Profiles-Fonctionalities-List.png|center]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* '''text or number fields''' : enable the user to enter free text (example : server name for the update process)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:MSM-Profiles-Fonctionalities-Number.png|center]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* '''folder path / file name field(s)''' : enable the user to set a path or file name for the corresponding setting (example: folder for MS Word documents templates)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:MSM-Profiles-Fonctionalities-File.png|center]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The administrator has to select / define a value or to type in the required information then press the Enter key to save the setting.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{Warning&lt;br /&gt;
| Leaving a text field, a folder path or a file name empty may result in errors when the application try to use those settings.&lt;br /&gt;
}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Languages tab ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The '''Languages''' tab shows the languages that were made available for the version in the [[Description of the Menu Languages|Language menu]], as shown in the following example:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:MSM_Profiles_Fonctionalities_Smart_Quotes_Edit_Languages.png|center|600x400px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
By default, a language made available for the version is automatically selected in the '''Languages''' tab (i.e. the Authorized check-box is ticked). If the administrator wants to customize the language that the Metis user is authorized to use, he/she can untick the check-box in the '''Authorized''' column for the languages that the end user cannot use.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If no language is selected, the end user's default language is English. The languages defined as authorized in this menu are then made available in the end user's Setup menu.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{Note&lt;br /&gt;
| A maximum of 4 languages can be made available to a user.&lt;br /&gt;
}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== SQL connection tab ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The SQL connection tab contains a table listing all the SQL connections defined in the Data Management menu, in the [[Description of the Sub-Menu SQL Connections|SQL Connections submenu]]. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:MSM_Profiles_Fonctionalities_Smart_Quotes_Edit_SQL_Access.png|center|600x400px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The default SQL connection corresponds to the server name and database name that were defined the very first time that Metis was launched (see [[Metis Smart Modeling User Manual Home Page#Log In|Log In]]) or in the setup.ini file. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The SQL connections table allows the administrator to give the right to the Metis user to connect to other databases. To give access to a database, the administrator must tick the box in the '''Authorized''' column for the SQL connections of his/her choice. All the checkboxes can be ticked / unticked except the '''DEFAULT''' SQL Connection checkbox.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{Video&lt;br /&gt;
| &amp;lt;mediaplayer width='400' height='300' image='http://www.xpert-technologies.ch/mediawikidev/images/f/fa/VID_Enable_the_connection_to_other_databases.png'&amp;gt;File:Creating_a_Position_OK.mp4&amp;lt;/mediaplayer&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
| Setting up a version without an administrator.&lt;br /&gt;
}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The authorized connections are then proposed to the Metis user when logged in.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Editing a Functionality Profile ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In the '''Functionality Profile''' sub-menu, the &amp;quot;Edit&amp;quot; button [[File:MetisSmartModelingEditButton.PNG|link=]] located above the main list allows the user/administrator to apply modifications to all properties related to the selected Functionality Profile. Selecting a Functionality Profile and clicking on it opens the '''Functionality Profile''' edition window where all related properties and information can be edited.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:MSM_Profiles_Fonctionalities_Smart_Modeling_Edit_Right.png|center|600x400px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For detailed descriptions of all information available in this window please refer to the section dedicated to the creation of a new Functionality Profile. Modifications applied to the selected Functionality Profile will only be saved once the Functionality Profile edition window is validated using the [[File:MetisSmartModelingOKButton.PNG|link=]] button at the bottom of the window. This will update the list displayed on the main screen. Using the &amp;quot;Cancel&amp;quot; [[File:MetisSmartModelingCancelButton.PNG|link=]] button discards all changes and closes the window.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If the administrator does not have the right to edit the properties of a profile, he/she receives the following message when trying to do so:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:MSM-Profiles-No-Right.png|center]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Previewing a Functionality Profile ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In the '''Functionality Profiles''' sub-menu, the &amp;quot;Preview&amp;quot; button [[File:MetisSmartModelingPreviewButton.PNG|link=]] located above the main list allows the user/administrator to see all properties and information related to the selected Functionality Profile. Selecting a Functionality Profile from the list and clicking on it opens the '''Functionality Profile''' preview window. For detailed descriptions of all information available in this window please refer to the section dedicated to the creation of a new Functionality Profile. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:MSM_Profiles_Fonctionalities_Smart_Quotes_Preview_Right.png|center|600x400px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{Note&lt;br /&gt;
| Edition of the information and properties displayed herein is not possible. If modification are necessary, the edition function described above should be used.&lt;br /&gt;
}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Deleting a Functionality Profile ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In the '''Functionality Profiles''' sub-menu, the &amp;quot;Delete&amp;quot; button [[File:MetisSmartModelingDeleteButton.PNG|link=]] located above the main list allows the user/administrator to delete the selected Functionality Profile. Selecting a Functionality Profile and clicking on it displays the following confirmation window.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:MSM_Profiles_Fonctionalities_Delete.png|center]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If the profile has been attributed to one or more users, the confirmation window indicates the number of users to which the profile has been attributed to. It also indicates if the profile is linked or used in one or more versions. Once the warning is confirmed, the selected Functionality Profile is removed from Metis Smart Suite and deleted from the Metis Database.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{Warning&lt;br /&gt;
| Profiles with a padlock icon cannot be deleted.&lt;br /&gt;
}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{Note&lt;br /&gt;
| The administrator cannot select several profiles at the same time.&lt;br /&gt;
}}&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Patrick</name></author>	</entry>

	<entry>
		<id>http://www.xpert-technologies.ch/mediawikidev/index.php?title=Description_of_the_Sub-Menu_Functionalities</id>
		<title>Description of the Sub-Menu Functionalities</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="http://www.xpert-technologies.ch/mediawikidev/index.php?title=Description_of_the_Sub-Menu_Functionalities"/>
				<updated>2013-11-05T15:10:53Z</updated>
		
		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Patrick: &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;In this sub-menu, the administrator can define and manage Functionnality Profiles. Those profiles represent a combination of settings to which a name has been given. These profiles can then be used linked to versions and/or specific users. The users listed in the version and/or the specific users will then inherit those functionnalities. Sample profiles are listed in the screenshot below.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:MSM_Profiles_Fonctionalities.png|center|600x400px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Functionality profiles can be defined for each product of the Metis Smart Suite:&lt;br /&gt;
* Smart Modeling&lt;br /&gt;
* Smart Monitoring&lt;br /&gt;
* Smart Quotes&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
These products are listed in the '''Application''' drop-down list. The administrator must first select an application from the drop-down menu to see the functionality profiles which exist for the selected application.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
On the left-hand side of the main window, a '''Search''' feature is found. It allows the user/administrator to find Functionality Profiles based on various criterion. The search is triggered by typing a keyword or only a letter in the fields above the &amp;quot;Search&amp;quot; button and then click on it. The results are then displayed below. Selecting a line from the result list will automatically select the corresponding entry in the main list.&lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The '''Profiles''' table consist of two columns:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* the first column may contain a padlock icon. If a padlock icon appears, this means that the profile cannot be deleted and its properties cannot be edited. Only an administrator of the '''parent version''' can edit the properties of this profile or delete that profile. &lt;br /&gt;
* the second column contains the designation of the profile. When creating a profile, the administrator can freely define this name.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The contents of the '''Profiles''' table can be sorted alphabetically. The administrator can search for a profile directly in the profile name column. To do so, the user must click on the magnifying glass icon then type in the name of the profile. The functionality profiles defined in this sub-menu are then made available throughout Metis Smart Modeling:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:MSM_Users_Employees_Edit_-_profiles.png|center|600x400px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{Note&lt;br /&gt;
| It is not possible to create a profile from scratch. Profiles can only be duplicated from existing ones and then edited accordingly.&lt;br /&gt;
}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable centre&amp;quot; width=&amp;quot;90%&amp;quot; style=&amp;quot;border-collapse: separate; border-spacing: 0; border-width: 1px; border-style: solid; border-color: grey;&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
! scope=col style=&amp;quot;border-style: solid; border-color: grey; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0&amp;quot; | Type of rule&lt;br /&gt;
! scope=col style=&amp;quot;border-style: solid; border-color: grey; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0&amp;quot; | Icons&lt;br /&gt;
! scope=col style=&amp;quot;border-style: solid; border-color: grey; border-width: 0 0 1px 0&amp;quot; | Description&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| width=&amp;quot;15%&amp;quot; style=&amp;quot;border-style: solid; border-color: grey; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0&amp;quot; |&lt;br /&gt;
'''Single selection'''&lt;br /&gt;
| width=&amp;quot;5%&amp;quot; style=&amp;quot;text-align:center; border-style: solid; border-color: grey; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0&amp;quot; |&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:MetisSmartModelingRuleSIngle.PNG|link=]]&lt;br /&gt;
| width=&amp;quot;80%&amp;quot; style=&amp;quot;border-style: solid; border-color: grey; border-width: 0 0 1px 0&amp;quot; |&lt;br /&gt;
The [[#Single_Selection|Single Selection]] rule tests an input and calculates the defined output based on a simple logical relation.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| width=&amp;quot;15%&amp;quot; style=&amp;quot;border-style: solid; border-color: grey; border-width: 0 1px 0 0&amp;quot; |&lt;br /&gt;
'''External selection'''&lt;br /&gt;
| width=&amp;quot;5%&amp;quot; style=&amp;quot;text-align:center; border-style: solid; border-color: grey; border-width: 0 1px 0 0&amp;quot; |&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:MetisSmartModelingRuleExternal.PNG‎|link=]]&lt;br /&gt;
| width=&amp;quot;80%&amp;quot; style=&amp;quot;border-style: solid; border-color: grey; border-width: 0 0 0 0&amp;quot; |&lt;br /&gt;
The goal of an [[#External_Selection|external rule]] is to use a third party application (software) to calculate the output of a rule.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Creating a Duplicate Functionality Profile ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To create a new profile, the administrator must create a duplicate of an existing profile then edit it accordingly. To do so, the administrator must first select the application for which he wants to do so and then select a reference profile from the list, then click on the &amp;quot;Duplicate&amp;quot; button [[File:MetisSmartModelingDuplicateButton.PNG|link=]]. The profile features window appears as shown in the following example:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:MSM_Profiles_Fonctionalities_Smart_Modeling_Edit_Right.png|center|600x400px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
By default, the profile name field displays the name of the profile which has been selected. The administrator must provide another name for the profile. The profile name is freely definable, but limited to 50 characters.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
It is not possible to enter a profile name that already exists within the selected application. If the administrator tries to do so, the following message appears when saving the new profile.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:MSM-Profiles-Fonctionalitie.png|center]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The administrator can then edit the properties of the new profile (see [[#Editing a Functionality Profile|below]]). Please refer to the full list of features and settings sorted by application for more details.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{Video&lt;br /&gt;
| &amp;lt;mediaplayer width='400' height='300' image='http://www.xpert-technologies.ch/mediawikidev/images/a/a0/VID_CreatingSmartModelingFunctionalityProfile.PNG'&amp;gt;File:Creating_a_smart_modeling_functionality_profile_OK.mp4&amp;lt;/mediaplayer&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
| Creating a Smart Modeling Functionality Profile.&lt;br /&gt;
}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{Video&lt;br /&gt;
| &amp;lt;mediaplayer width='400' height='300' image='http://www.xpert-technologies.ch/mediawikidev/images/4/46/VID_CreatingASmartQuotesFunctionalityProfile.png'&amp;gt;File:Creating_a_Functionality_Profile_OK.mp4&amp;lt;/mediaplayer&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
| Creating a Smart Quotes Functionality Profile.&lt;br /&gt;
}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The properties of a profile are grouped within the following tabs:&lt;br /&gt;
* '''Rights''': the Metis user default settings and the functionalities that the Metis user has the right to use together the linked settings necessary to operate the corresponding functionality.&lt;br /&gt;
* '''Languages''': the language(s) that the Metis user is authorized to use.&lt;br /&gt;
* '''SQL connection''': the databases to which the Metis user can connect to and toward which databases data can be transferred.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Rights tab ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The '''Rights''' tab allows the administrator to define the rights and the settings which are then attributed to the Metis user or user group. They are broken down into a tree structure, as shown in the following example:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:MSM_Profiles_Fonctionalities_Smart_Quotes_Edit_Right.png|center|600x400px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The administrator can expand or collapse the complete '''Rights''' tree structure using the corresponding buttons at the bottom of the table.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The various rights are structured into levels and sub-levels. For example, for the Metis Smart Quote application, the topmost level is '''Smart Quotes Right Structure'''. This level encompasses all the sub-levels (e.g. '''Server Offline Connect''', '''Update''', etc.)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Items with a folder icon ([[File:FolderIcon.PNG]]) and a black background represent the title of a level. Items with a scepter icon ([[File:SceptreIcon.PNG]]) represent a right.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The '''Rights''' tab contains the following columns:&lt;br /&gt;
* Rights: designation of the right or the designation of the group to which the right belongs to&lt;br /&gt;
* Values: the value or the parameter of the right&lt;br /&gt;
* Right status: indicates if the right is accessible or not for a child version. A drop-down list allows the administrator to set the status of the right to either blank, '''Read Only''' or '''Invisible''', as shown in the following example:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{Video&lt;br /&gt;
| &amp;lt;mediaplayer width='400' height='300' image='http://www.xpert-technologies.ch/mediawikidev/images/a/a6/VID_Invisible_Read_Only.png'&amp;gt;File:Setting_a_right_to_invisible_or_read_only_OK.mp4&amp;lt;/mediaplayer&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
| Setting a right to invisible or read-only.&lt;br /&gt;
}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{Note&lt;br /&gt;
| The right status type behave as following. When left blank the administrator of a child version will be bale to set this right and/or setting for profiles he will create, a padlock icon is then displayed in the right-most column. When set to &amp;quot;read-only&amp;quot; he will be able to see what setting was inherited from the parent version but not apply any changes. When set to &amp;quot;invisible&amp;quot;, the right/setting will be hidden form the tree structure.&lt;br /&gt;
}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{Note&lt;br /&gt;
| The status defined for the rights affects duplicated functionality profiles that can be created by children versions. When an administrator of a child version duplicates a profile which has some values defined as '''Invisible''', the values remains invisible for the duplicated profile.&lt;br /&gt;
}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To edit the parameter of a right, double-click on the '''Values''' field. Depending upon the right type different edition possibilities will be shown.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* '''radio buttons''' : enable the user to select one option (example: to enable a functionality the available options will be &amp;quot;yes&amp;quot; and &amp;quot;no&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:MSM-Profiles-Fonctionalities-Yes-No.png|center]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* '''drop-down lists''' : enable the user to select one option form a list of possible settings or values&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:MSM-Profiles-Fonctionalities-List.png|center]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* '''text or number fields''' : enable the user to enter free text (example : server name for the update process)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:MSM-Profiles-Fonctionalities-Number.png|center]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* '''folder path / file name field(s)''' : enable the user to set a path or file name for the corresponding setting (example: folder for MS Word documents templates)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:MSM-Profiles-Fonctionalities-File.png|center]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The administrator has to select / define a value or to type in the required information then press the Enter key to save the setting.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{Warning&lt;br /&gt;
| Leaving a text field, a folder path or a file name empty may result in errors when the application try to use those settings.&lt;br /&gt;
}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Languages tab ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The '''Languages''' tab shows the languages that were made available for the version in the [[Description of the Menu Languages|Language menu]], as shown in the following example:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:MSM_Profiles_Fonctionalities_Smart_Quotes_Edit_Languages.png|center|600x400px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
By default, a language made available for the version is automatically selected in the '''Languages''' tab (i.e. the Authorized check-box is ticked). If the administrator wants to customize the language that the Metis user is authorized to use, he/she can untick the check-box in the '''Authorized''' column for the languages that the end user cannot use.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If no language is selected, the end user's default language is English. The languages defined as authorized in this menu are then made available in the end user's Setup menu.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{Note&lt;br /&gt;
| A maximum of 4 languages can be made available to a user.&lt;br /&gt;
}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== SQL connection tab ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The SQL connection tab contains a table listing all the SQL connections defined in the Data Management menu, in the [[Description of the Sub-Menu SQL Connections|SQL Connections submenu]]. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:MSM_Profiles_Fonctionalities_Smart_Quotes_Edit_SQL_Access.png|center|600x400px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The default SQL connection corresponds to the server name and database name that were defined the very first time that Metis was launched (see [[Metis Smart Modeling User Manual Home Page#Log In|Log In]]) or in the setup.ini file. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The SQL connections table allows the administrator to give the right to the Metis user to connect to other databases. To give access to a database, the administrator must tick the box in the '''Authorized''' column for the SQL connections of his/her choice. All the checkboxes can be ticked / unticked except the '''DEFAULT''' SQL Connection checkbox.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{Video&lt;br /&gt;
| &amp;lt;mediaplayer width='400' height='300' image='http://www.xpert-technologies.ch/mediawikidev/images/f/fa/VID_Enable_the_connection_to_other_databases.png'&amp;gt;File:Creating_a_Position_OK.mp4&amp;lt;/mediaplayer&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
| Setting up a version without an administrator.&lt;br /&gt;
}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The authorized connections are then proposed to the Metis user when logged in.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Editing a Functionality Profile ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In the '''Functionality Profile''' sub-menu, the &amp;quot;Edit&amp;quot; button [[File:MetisSmartModelingEditButton.PNG|link=]] located above the main list allows the user/administrator to apply modifications to all properties related to the selected Functionality Profile. Selecting a Functionality Profile and clicking on it opens the '''Functionality Profile''' edition window where all related properties and information can be edited.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:MSM_Profiles_Fonctionalities_Smart_Modeling_Edit_Right.png|center|600x400px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For detailed descriptions of all information available in this window please refer to the section dedicated to the creation of a new Functionality Profile. Modifications applied to the selected Functionality Profile will only be saved once the Functionality Profile edition window is validated using the [[File:MetisSmartModelingOKButton.PNG|link=]] button at the bottom of the window. This will update the list displayed on the main screen. Using the &amp;quot;Cancel&amp;quot; [[File:MetisSmartModelingCancelButton.PNG|link=]] button discards all changes and closes the window.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If the administrator does not have the right to edit the properties of a profile, he/she receives the following message when trying to do so:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:MSM-Profiles-No-Right.png|center]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Previewing a Functionality Profile ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In the '''Functionality Profiles''' sub-menu, the &amp;quot;Preview&amp;quot; button [[File:MetisSmartModelingPreviewButton.PNG|link=]] located above the main list allows the user/administrator to see all properties and information related to the selected Functionality Profile. Selecting a Functionality Profile from the list and clicking on it opens the '''Functionality Profile''' preview window. For detailed descriptions of all information available in this window please refer to the section dedicated to the creation of a new Functionality Profile. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:MSM_Profiles_Fonctionalities_Smart_Quotes_Preview_Right.png|center|600x400px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{Note&lt;br /&gt;
| Edition of the information and properties displayed herein is not possible. If modification are necessary, the edition function described above should be used.&lt;br /&gt;
}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Deleting a Functionality Profile ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In the '''Functionality Profiles''' sub-menu, the &amp;quot;Delete&amp;quot; button [[File:MetisSmartModelingDeleteButton.PNG|link=]] located above the main list allows the user/administrator to delete the selected Functionality Profile. Selecting a Functionality Profile and clicking on it displays the following confirmation window.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:MSM_Profiles_Fonctionalities_Delete.png|center]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If the profile has been attributed to one or more users, the confirmation window indicates the number of users to which the profile has been attributed to. It also indicates if the profile is linked or used in one or more versions. Once the warning is confirmed, the selected Functionality Profile is removed from Metis Smart Suite and deleted from the Metis Database.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{Warning&lt;br /&gt;
| Profiles with a padlock icon cannot be deleted.&lt;br /&gt;
}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{Note&lt;br /&gt;
| The administrator cannot select several profiles at the same time.&lt;br /&gt;
}}&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Patrick</name></author>	</entry>

	<entry>
		<id>http://www.xpert-technologies.ch/mediawikidev/index.php?title=File:Xpert_Technologies_SA_-_Metis_Smart_Modeling_Rights_Structure_-_05.11.2013.pdf</id>
		<title>File:Xpert Technologies SA - Metis Smart Modeling Rights Structure - 05.11.2013.pdf</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="http://www.xpert-technologies.ch/mediawikidev/index.php?title=File:Xpert_Technologies_SA_-_Metis_Smart_Modeling_Rights_Structure_-_05.11.2013.pdf"/>
				<updated>2013-11-05T14:26:31Z</updated>
		
		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Patrick: &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Patrick</name></author>	</entry>

	<entry>
		<id>http://www.xpert-technologies.ch/mediawikidev/index.php?title=File:Xpert_Technologies_SA_-_Metis_Smart_Quotes_Rights_Structure_-_05.11.2013.pdf</id>
		<title>File:Xpert Technologies SA - Metis Smart Quotes Rights Structure - 05.11.2013.pdf</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="http://www.xpert-technologies.ch/mediawikidev/index.php?title=File:Xpert_Technologies_SA_-_Metis_Smart_Quotes_Rights_Structure_-_05.11.2013.pdf"/>
				<updated>2013-11-05T14:25:56Z</updated>
		
		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Patrick: &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Patrick</name></author>	</entry>

	</feed>